Operation Maintenance Manual: Weste

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WESTE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
EQUIPMENT:
TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS
WESTECH MODEL COPC2
FOR:
NOVATO WASTEWATER FACILITY UPGRADE
NOVATO,CA
FURNISHED BY:
WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253A

JANUARY 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
WESTE C H '-".AN.>..:E=MP,-=LO",-,Y.=.oEE:..-"-O,-,,-,W......,NE=D-=CO=M,-,-,PA...:.:..;:N,-,-Y
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
_
TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS

WESTECH MODEL COPC2
FOR:
NOVATO WASTEWATER FACILITY UPGRADE
NOVATO,CA
ENGtNEER:
RMC WATER & ENVIRONMENT
WALNUT CREEK, CA
CONTRACTOR:
MONTEREY MECHANICAL
8275 SAN LEANDRO STREET
OAKLAND, CA 94621
CONTACT: CARL REYNOLDS, SR.
PHONE: 510-632-3173
FAX: 510-632-3314
WESTECH AGENT:
JBI WATER & WASTEWATER EQT., INC.
3386 TARTAN TRAIL
EL DORADO HILLS, CA 95762
CONTACT: JAMES ZAISER
PHONE: 916-933-5500
FAX: 916-933-5573
MANUFACTURER:
WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.
3625 SOUTH WEST TEMPLE
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84115
PHONE: (801) 265-1000
FAX: (801) 265-1080
24 HOUR EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE (801) 263-4093
WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253A

JANUARY 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
COVER PAGE
TITLE PAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
PRODUCT LINE CARDS
SECTION 1: EQUIPMENT INFORMATION

WARRANTY
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
SHORTAGES, DISCREPANCIES, AND FIELD CHARGES
STRUCTURAL LIFTING PRECAUTIONS
PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
EXPLANATION OF PARTS LIST AND PARTS NUMBER
SECTION 2: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

SUGGESTED ERECTION SEQUENCE
SUGGESTED TORQUE RATINGS
ANCHOR BOLTS AND BENCH MARKS
CENTER COLUMN
CENTER CAGE
FEEDWELL AND SUPPORTS
RAKE ARMS
SCUM BOX
SKIMMING MECHANISM AND SUPPORTS
FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL
TORQUE TEST PROCEDURES
T-1 TORQUE TEST DIAGRAM
TANK GROUTING PROCEDURES
SURFACE TREATMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PIPING AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

MECHANISM PARTS LIST
SECTION 3: START-UP AND OPERATION

FIELD SERVICE REQUEST
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
STARTUP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
STORAGE AND SHUTDOWN PRECAUTIONS
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 4: DRIVE
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
RECEIVING AND INSPECTION
FIELD CHARGES AND MODIFICATIONS
STORAGE AND PAINT DURABILITY
SANDBLASTING WARNING
LUBRICATION WARNING
TORQUE CONTROL SETTING WARNING
MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION WARNING
INSTALLATION
LIFTING THE DRIVE UNIT
DRIVE UNIT INSTALLATION
WELDING WARNING
STARTUP
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
DRIVE LUBRICATION
YEARLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE
WEEKLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DRIVE TORQUE OVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICE LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
OPERATION
OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS – DRIVE UNIT
DRIVE UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING
CYCLOIDAL SPEED REDUCER INFORMATION
DRIVE MOTOR
TORQUE CONTROL INFORMATION
DRIVE PARTS LIST
SECTION 5: ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
SOLID STATE TIMING RELAYS
SECTION 6: ENCLOSURES
B100 GENERAL NOTES
D101 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – TANK CUTAWAY VIEW
D102 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – ELEVATION VIEW
D103 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – PLAN VIEW
D104 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – CONCRETE TANK
D105 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS
C106 SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY
D110 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION – TANK CUTAWAY VIEW
D111 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION – PLAN VIEW
D112 MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS
D113 RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS
D350G830 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATION
D350G831 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY – PLAN
ASMDIAG ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
LUBETAG LUBRICATION TAGS
DRV103 DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
900-611D DRIVE SHIMMING PROCEDURE

E10D PANEL LAYOUT
E11D ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
, EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY i
To ensure compliance with the warranty, we recommend that this operation and maintenance
manual be thoroughly read and understood. This manual is separated into six basic sections:
I. Equipment Information
II. Installation Instructions
III. Start-up and Operation
IV. Drive
V. Electrical
VI. Enclosures
Refer to the Table of Contents at the front of the manual for specific listings.
All equipment, including standard "Buyout" items, must be maintained according to each
respective manufacturer's operation and maintenance procedures enclosed within this manual
to ensure coverage of possible failures while the unit is still under warranty, along with
ensuring trouble-free operation for the life of the equipment.
Since the enclosed information is based upon the instructions available at the time of printing,
WesTech reserves the right to make subsequent changes to the manual without obligation to
update existing copies.
Copyright
The contents of this manual are the confidential property of WesTech Engineering Inc.
Circulation, distribution, or reproduction of this manual in whole or in part without written
permission is prohibited by law. Possession of this manual neither confers nor transfers any
rights which may be detrimental to WesTech's interests.
Copyright 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ES ECH
PRODUCT LINE CARD
Grit Removal Equipment
Aerated Grit Chambers
Grit Classifiers
Anaerobic Digestion Equipment Rake Collectors
Steel Covers Vortex Grit Separators
Sludge Heating Systems
Draft Tube Mechanical Sludge Mixers Installation and Erection Services
Biological Treatment Laboratory and Pilot Plant Test Equipment

Aeration Bench Scale Testing
Slow Speed Surface Aerators Pilot Plant Testing
Landox Oxidation Aeration System Plant Process Audits
Combined Processes
S™-AerotorTM Mixing
Trickling Filters (Rotary Distributors) MixTec Mixers
Motor Driven BioDoc® Extreme Duty Mixers
HydroDoc™
OillWater Separators
Chemical Feed Systems API Separator
DNF Clarifiers
Clarifiers
C.OP. ™ Clarifier Spiral Blades Parts & Service Support
Conventional Scraper Blades Drive Components
Flocculating Filter Cloths
Rim Drive Skimmer Parts
Solids Contact Wear Parts
Suction Header
Suction Pipe Rectangular Basin Skimming
Rotating Scum Pipes
Dissolved Air Flotation Helical Scum Skimmers
Clarifiers & Thickeners
Rectangular & Circular Screens
Channel Mitt Shaftless Fine Screens
Drives Clean Flo™ Continuous Self-Cleaning Belt
Replacement Drives for Screw Wash Presses
Thickeners and Clarifiers
Sludge Blenders
Filters
Continuous Backwash Tankage
Granular Media Gravity Filters Supply and Erection
Multi-Media Pressure Filters
Membrane Filters (see WATER listing) Thickeners
Center Feed or Side Feed
Filter Presses Rake Lifting Devices
Electrical Controls Vacuum Filters

UL Listed Panels (UL508NCSA) Horizontal Belt Filter
PLC Based Controls Precoat Drum Filter
Drum Filters and Disc Filters with Scraper
Flocculators Discharge, Roll Discharge, Belt Discharge
Horizontal Paddle
Vertical Paddle & Mixer
Axial Flow
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ES ECH
PRODUCT LINE CARD
WATER
AerationlDegasifiers Granular Media Filtration
Forced Draft Vertical Pressure Filters

Induced Draft Horizontal Pressure Filters
Cascade Multi-Cell Greenleaf Filters
Dissolved Air Flotation Clari-Cell™ Two Stage Filters
Circular Steel Filters
Electrical Controls Self Stored Backwash Gravity Filters
UL Listed Panels (UL508AJCSA) Technasand™ Continuous Backwash Filters
PLC Based Controls Concrete Gravity Filter Components
Pyramed™ Media Retention Underdrain
Flocculators ModTec Cluster Filters
Iron & Manganese Removal Units
Horizontal and Vertical Paddle Flocculators
Axial Flow Gravity Thickening
Intake Screens Lime Sludge Thickening

Clarifier Underflow Thickening
Clean FloTM Rake Lifting Devices
Package Plants
Ion Exchange Buoyant and Non-buoyant Media
MIEX® Organic Removal System Sludge Dewatering

Zeolite Softeners
Lime Mud Filters
Mixing Rotary Drum Vacuum Filters
Plate and Frame Filter Presses
MixTec Mixers
Services
Sedimentation
Lab and Pilot Plant Testing
Backwash Clarifiers Replacement Clarifier & Thickener Drives
Decant Clarifiers Plant Process Audits
Flocculating Clarifiers Rental Equipment
Inclined Plate Settlers
Raw Water Clarifiers Tankage
Solids Contact Clarifiers Supply and Erection
Membranes
WesTech Ultrafiltration Systems

featuring the Polymem ™ Modules
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ES ECH
PRODUCT LINE CARD
MINING AND METALLURGICAL EQUIPMENT
Bateman Flotation Cells Tankage
Carbon Retention Screens Supply and Erection

Anchor Channel Tanks
In-tank NKM Screens Elevated Tanks
Steel Bottom at Grade
Clarifiers
Pin Bed Thickeners
Solids Contact
Inclined Plate Settlers Tailings
Vertical Pressure Filters Concentrate
Horizontal Pressure Filters HiFlo High Rise Rate Thickener
Ultra Sep Ultra High Rate Thickener
Filter Presses Center Feed or Side Feed
Rake Lifting Devices
Automatic Recessed Chamber Replacement Drives
Semi-automatic Recessed Chamber Sludge Dewatering Pickets
Paste Thickeners
Linear Screens
Vacuum Filters
Mixing
MixTec Mixers Horizontal Belt Filter
Precoat Drum Filter
Permroll Magnetic Separators Drum Filters and Disc Filters with Scraper
Discharge, Roll Discharge, Belt Discharge
Services
Lab and Pilot Plant Testing

Replacement Clarifier & Thickener Drives
Plant Process Audits
Rental Equipment
Equipment Summary Form
1. Equipment Item: Primary Clarifier

Is it a packaged unit, i.e. pump, motor, shaft? Yes No X
If yes, please detail.
2. How many: Two (2)

3. Cost:
4. Manufacturer: WesTech Engineering Inc.
Address: 3625 South West Temple, SLC, UT 84115
Phone#: 801-265-1000 Fax: 801-265-1080
Email: westech@westech-inc.com Website: www.westech-inc.com
5. Equipment Identification Numbers:
Serial Number: 20253A
--------------
Model: COPC2
Part#:
Equipment ID No.
6. Location of Equipment:
7. Weight of Individual Components (Over 100 Pounds):
8. Nameplate Data: (see attached)

Horsepower: RPM:
Amperage: Size:
Voltage: Frame Size:
Service Factor (SF): Seal Size:
Speed: Seal Type:
Enclosure Type: Bearings:
GPM: Impeller Size:
Maximum Capacity @ _ _ _ _ ftTDH Other:
Design Point Capacity @ _ _ _ _ ftTDH
9. Manufacturer's Local Representative:
Name: JBI - Jim Zaiser
Address: 3386 Tartan Trail, EI Dorado Hills, CA 95762
Telephone Number: _9.:,..1.:..;6:--9.:...3;;..;;3:--5.:...5;;..;;0...:.0 _
Email: jimzaiser@jbiwater.com Website:
Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project Operation and Maintenance Data

049-007 - Novato Sanitary District Page 01730-3
10. Maintenance Requirements (including schedules): (see attached)
TASK SCHEDULE
11. Lubricant List: (see attached)
12. Spare Parts (with accurate part #'s): (see attached)
13. Comments:
14. General Info:

Year Installed:
Expected Life:
Project Name & Number:
Design Engineer:
15. Warranty: 1 year (see attached)
Start Date:
Expiration Date:
Prorated:
***END OF SECTION***
Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project Operation and Maintenance Data

049-007 - Novato Sanitary District Page 01730-4
Product Quick Search
JaALDO:A
~~'~ ~3$J&I-~i: I!QNM35:'!~~.._ _.._ J 1m
HoME I WHERE TO SUY I (01
General Information
----_._._._'~,~---
AC Motors I Inverter Duty I
l:lOverview Specifications: IDNM3542

l:l Specifications Catalog Number: IDNM3542
!Zl Performance Data Specification Number: 35T995-1864Gl
Horsepower: .75 TE
!Zl Parts List
Voltage: 230/460
LJ Drawings Hertz: 60
j}j Product Literature Phase: 3
Full Load Amps: 2.2/1.1
More Information
----.~1f,.....-----
Usable at 208 Volts: N/A
!Zl Where To Buy RPM: 1725
Frame Size: 56C
!Zl Baldor Sales Offices
Service Factor: 1.00
Rating: 40C AMB-CONT
II Return to List Locked Rotor Code: N/A
NEMA Design Code: B
Insulation Class: H
Full Load Efficiency: 80
Power Factor: N/A
Enclosure: N/A
Baldor Type: 3520M
DE Bearing: 6205
ODE Bearing: 6203
Electrical Specification Number: 35WG1864
Mechanical Specification Number: 35T995
Base: RG
Mounting: Fl
* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.
ProJ1!Jct!! I
SJJ.p.Qort I N..f!J!Vs/Events I About Baldor I Investor Relations I !:tome
li.a!doLEJectrif.; C:OillPi:lDyLs anel:jui:lJ oppot"tunityemp!oyer..
Copyright © 2001-2008 Baldor Electric Company. All rights reserved.
This site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.
~--
Product Quick Search ,
:Ja.4:r....:CO:R
~R. tU\i($,; • RELJANGEI1
1!~~35~~ ", .J II!J
MOIIH. I WHHIHOBUY I COl
General Information AC Motors I Inverter Duty I
.!ctOverview Performance Data: IDNM3542

.!ct Specifications
.!ct Performance Data (Note: Please disable any browser popup blockers.)
I11 Parts List
.Iil Drawings Product Nameplate Data

III Product Literature Rated Output .75 HP Hertz 60 NEMA Nom. Eff. 80
Volts 230/460 Phase 3 Power Factor 81
More Information
'--~--"tr---
Full Load Amps 2.2/1.1 NEMA Design Code B Service Factor 1
I11 Where To Buy Speed 1725 LR KVA Code Rating - Duty 40C AME
1d Baldor Sales Offices
(Typical performance - Not guaranteed values)
,I Return to List General Characterstics at 460 V, 60 Hz, 0.75 HP

Full Load Torque 2.3 LB-FT Starting Current 8.5 Amp
Start Configuration DOL No-Load Current 0.65 Am
Break Down Torque 8.3 LB-FT line-line Resistance @ 25° C 22.80hl
Pull-Up Torque 5 LB-FT Temperature Rise, C @ FL (in deg) 66
Locked-Roter Torque 6.5 LB-FT Temp. Rise @ S.F. Load (in deg) o
Load Characteristics at 460 V, 60 Hz f 0.75 HP
% of Rated Load 25 50 75 100 125 150
Power Factor 38 55 71 80 82 86
Efficiency 68 77.9 79.9 80.4 79.6 78.2
Speed (rpm) 1783 1766 1754 1733 1714 1696
Line Amperes 0.7 0.85 0.95 1.1 1.35 1.55
* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.
Products I Support I News/Events I About Baldor I Investor Relations I Home

BaldOL!=lectricCpmPClOY jsaneqllaloppprtunityempJQyer.
Copyright © 2001-2008 Baldor Electric Company. All rights reserved.
This site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.
MAINTENANCE
WEsTECHAL!!.N'-'=E""'MP!....!=L""-Oy'-'=E.=...:EO=W=N!.!=.!ED~C=O!!.!.!MP"""'--'AU-!Ny _
RECOMMENDED GREASE I GEARS AND DRIVE BEARINGS
AMBIENT 5° F to 140° F
TEMPERATURE (-15°C to 60°C)
NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2
MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT
SHELL OIL CO. Alvania #2
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilux EP #2
EXXON CO. Beacon #2
GULF OIL CORP. Gulfcrown #2
AMERICAN OIL CO. Amolith #2
CHEVRON Dura-Lith Grease EP #2
RECOMMENDED GREASE I MOTORS

MOBIL OIL CO. Polyrex EM
EXXON CO. Polyrex EM
TEXACO Polystar
CHEVRON SRI
RYKON Premium #2
PENNZOIL Pen 2 Lube
RECOMMENDED FOOD GRADE GREASE I GEARS & DRIVE BEARINGS
NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2
SHELL OIL CO. Shell Grease FM 2
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil FM 102 EP
CHEVRON FM Grease EP
MAINTENANCE
W EsTEC H AD.!.N.!. J,E:!.! .M! . . !PL~O:. L!yE= E~O:.! . !W.!.:!JNE= D~C~O!.! !JMP!. .!:A!.!.:!.Ny.!. . -.- _
Recommended Oil- Torgue Box
Use a light spray oil like WD-4O or Anti-Seize.
RECOMMENDED GEAR OILS
AMBIENT 14° F to 41° F 32° F to 95° F 32° F to 140° F

TEMPERATURE (-10° C to 5° C) (0° C to 35° C) (0° C to 60° C)
Viscosity Grade AGMA4 EP AGMA5 EP AGMA6 EP

or or or
ISO 150 ISO 220 ISO 320
MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT LUBRICANT LUBRICANT
EXXON CO. Spartan EP 150 Spartan EP 220 Spartan EP 320
B.P. OIL CO. Energol GR-XP 150 Energol GR-XP 220 Energol GR-XP 320
GULF OIL CORP. EP Lubricant HD 150 EP Lubricant HD 220 EP Lubricant HD 320
LUBRICATION ENGR. Almasol604 Almasol607 Almasol605
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil 600 XP 150 Mobil 600 XP 220 Mobil 600 XP 320
SHELL OIL CO. Omala Oil Co. 150 Omala Oil Co. 220 Omala Oil Co. 320
EQUIVALENT SYNTHETIC GEAR OILS

ISO Viscosity Grade 320
LUBRICATION ENGR. INC. Monolec 9320
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilgear SHC630
AMSOIL SGM
and recommendations from local

It is WesTech's experience that providers.
synthetic oil petiorms better and lasts
longer than regular oil. Synthetic oil has
the following advantages: it separates WARNING:
more easily from water, has a stronger
boundary layer resulting in better DO NOT MIX MINERAL GEAR OIL
lubrication, and generally has a longer WITH SYNTHETIC OIL WITHOUT
service life. It is recommended that the CONSULTING WITH THE OIL
customer change the mineral gear oil SUPPLIER. THIS MAY ADVERSELY
yearly (after the initial 500 hour run-in AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OF
period) or get it analyzed by an THE LUBRICANT FOR SOME
independent laboratory for extended COMBINATIONS OF MINERAL AND
service intervals. SYNTHETIC OIL. DAMAGE TO DRIVE
COMPONENTS MAY RESULT FROM
Synthetic oil may be used for three to NON-COMPATIBLE OILS.
five years based on yearly lab analysis
MAINTENANCE
WEsTE C H A'-"N"'-'E=M'-'-P=LO<...!-Y=EE=-:O=W.:..:..;N=ED=-C=O=M'-'-PA'-"N-'-'-Y
_
YEARLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE DRIVE TORQUE CONTROL

OVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICE
Shutdown and lockout power to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
drive unit. Check and re-tighten all
exposed fasteners of the drive. (For Apply spray oil (WD-40 or equal) to the
torque values of the fasteners, refer to torque box plunger weekly. Check the
the 'Drive Assembly Procedures' plunger for smooth movement. The
drawing). torque control weekly maintenance
schedule should be followed daily when
Oil samples shall be sent to a lab for oil temperatures are below freezing. This
analysis. Replenishment of oil in the will help ensure that no mechanical
drive shall be based upon the results of items in the box have frozen. If freezing
oil analysis. occurs inside the torque box, there is no
overload protection for the equipment. In
WEEKLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE addition, check daily for ice build-up on
and around the drive/torque box unit
Lubrication instructions and and remove as necessary. Using a
recommended lubricants (oil and condensate heater in the torque box
grease) as specified are to be followed. and/or covering the drive can help
This will provide long life and trouble- protect against possible damage
free operation of the drive unit. resulting from freezing rain. For
additional information on the torque
Check the drive unit oil level weekly. control device, refer to drawing 7-8222
The oil level should be at the middle of B1.
the sight glass. Replenish oil as
required. Refer to the section on
LUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCE
AND PARTS category of this manual.
If oil is noticeably discolored, it should

be drained and filtered through a fine-
mesh cloth. Any sediment or con-
taminants should be measured and
recorded to preclude future
contamination. Some discoloration will
occur due to normal dissolving of grease
by contact with oil. Change the oil if
necessary.
Check drive unit for accumulated

condensation at least weekly and in high
humidity areas as often as daily. Any
condensation must be promptly
removed to prevent accumulation of
moisture in the drive unit housing or
main bearing.
" \
MAINTENANCE
WE STE C H !l!AN.L!E=.!.!MC!.!:.PJ:l,LO:!. .!.YE!E =. .\O£!. W.! .!.:N!.!:!ED!LC~O~MC!.!:.P!l!AN:!. !Y-c- - =-=-

-=-- _
LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORY
EQUIPMENT
Reducer (Grease Lubricated):
All grease lubricated reducers are pre-

lubricated at the reducer manufacturer's
factory. Refer to the reducer
manufacturer's catalog data for the type
and brand of grease used or the
lubricant sticker attached to the reducer.
Apply grease to the reducer as shown
on the 'Lubrication Tags' drawing and
lubrication plate. Some smaller reducers
are maintenance free and do not require
re-Iubrication. Refer to the Lubrication
Tags and drawings to see if this applies.
MAINTENANCE
WE sTE C H Q!AN.:!. . !E=!.! M.!LP~LO~Y.!=!E =- lO~W.l N! =E-"!. D~CO~M~P~ANL!...!Y'---

---'- _
BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INITIALS DATE

Drain and Fill Oil Cavity/Cavities (Before o hours
Operatinq)
Drain and Replace Oil 500 hours
IPREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
IREQUIREMENTS
Grease Cyclo Reducer M
Grease Upper Bearing M
Grease Main Bearing W
Oil Main Gear/Lower Bearing W
Drain and Replace Main Gear/Lower Bearing Oil A
Oil Torque Box Plunger W
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Inspect Fasteners For Tightness M/A
Visually Inspect Drive Mech. for Wear W/A
Test Torque Box Limit Switches W
Check/Drain Condensate W
Check/Drain Particulates S
Inspect/Repair Drive Unit Paint A
Inspect Torque Control Device A
A • ANNUALLY, S • SEMIANNUALLY, M • MONTHLY, W • WEEKLY, D - DAILY
Refer to Equipment Maintenance and Lubrication Summary for specific maintenance

and inspection instructions.
Page
'WEsTECH
3625 South West Temple, PO Box 65068, Salt Lake City, UT 84165-006
Phone (801) 265-1000 1 Fax (801) 265-1080 Recommended
E-Mail: parts@westech-inc.com Spare Parts List
Westech Job No.: 20253A Date Prepared: October 23,2007 Prepared by: CRICHARDS
Pro osal Valid for: 90 da s FOB Shi PI. w/Frt: Pre a & Add Pa ment Terms: Net 30 Da s
In order to increase the life of your equipment, and avoid costly downtime, Westech recommends that you maintain your equipment
at regular intervals. To do this, Westech recommends, at a minimum, that you have the below mentIoned items on hand at all times.
Lona lead items that could slanificantlv minimize downtime as well as normal maintenance and wear items are included in this list.
Item Drawing Item Recommended

Number Number Description Quanitity
Parts List No: 8967
113 10250T181N LAMP FOR PILOT LIGHT, 120V 8.00
114 10250TC7N GLASS LENS, RED 2.00
115 10250TC9N GLASS LENS, AM8ER 6.00
142 FNQ-R-5 TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP 2.00
146 700-HR52TA17 TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE 2.00

201 RPM32F7 RELAY, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC 2.00
209 RPM12F7 RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC 4.00

222 E50AR1 LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT 2.00
223 E50KL220 LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR 2.00
Parts List No: 8989
101 TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE 2.00
103 SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE) 2.00

104 SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY) 2.00
105 RAKE DRIVE MOTOR 2.00
113 RR-0002A RETAINING RING 33/4" EXT 2.00
114 MS-0194A LOWER SEAL 2.00
115 MS-0289A UPPER SEAL 2.00

116 8R-0053A UPPER 8EARING 4.00
121 121G112COO PINION SHAFT 2.00
123 123G027805 PINION GEAR, 15T PINION GEAR (15T) 2.00

124 8R-0001A PINION 8EARING 2.00
127 RR-0018A RETAINING RING 53/4"INT 2.00

128 RR-0003A RETAINING RING 3 1/2" EXT 2.00
415 MS-0066A O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'-0" LENGTH) 2.00

416 MS-0182A DUST SHIELD (1/4x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406) 2.00
441 GA-0005A OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE 2.00
445 VA-OOOBA DRAIN VALVE 2.00

447 445-116803-8 PINION PORT COVER GASKET 2.00
450 445-230805-8 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET 2.00
Please call, for current price and availibility.
Municipal Recommended Spare Parts List

WEsTECH
WARRANTY
WesTech equipment is backed by WesTech's reputation as a quality manufacturer, and by

many years of experience in the design of reliable equipment.
Equipment manufactured or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc., once paid for in full, is
backed by the following warranty:
For the benefit of the original user, WesTech warrants all new equipment manufactured by
WesTech Engineering, Inc. to be free from defects in material and workmanship, and will
replace or repair,· F.O.B. its factories or other location designated by it, any part or parts
returned to it which WesTech's examination shall show to have failed under normal use and
service by the original user within one (1) year following initial start-up, or eighteen (18)
months from shipment to the purchaser, whichever occurs first. Such repair or replacement
.shall be free of charge for all Uems except for those items such as resin, filter media and the
....., like that~re.cons~mableand normally replaced d.uring.maintenance, with respect to which,
repair or replacement shall be subject to a pro-rata cha·rge based upon WesTech's estimate
of the percentage of normal service life realized from the part. WesTech's obligation under
this warranty is conditioned upon its receiving prompt notice of claimed defects, which
shall in no event be later than thirty (30) days following expiration of the warranty period,
and is limited to repair or replacement as aforesaid.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE BY WESTECH AND ACCEPTED BY PURCHASER

IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY. WESTECH NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER
PERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS EQUIPMENT.
WESTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR, CORROSION, OR ANY
CONTINGENT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR EXPENSE DUE TO
PARTIAL OR COMPLETE INOPERABILITY OF ITS EQUIPMENT FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
This warranty shall not apply to equipment or parts thereof which have been altered or
repaired outside of a WesTech factory, or damaged by improper installation, application, or
maintenance, or SUbjected to misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, or incomplete ·adherence to
all manufacturer's requirements, including, but not limited to, Operations & Maintenance
Manual guidelines & procedures.
This warranty applies only to equipment made or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc.
WesTech Engineering, Inc. makes no warranty with respect to parts, accessories, or

components purchased by the customer from others. The warranties which apply to such
items are those offered by their respective manufacturers. .
WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. 3625 South West Temple, Salt Lake City, UT 84115 (801) 265:-1000
QF-00-032E 08/18/05
WESTECH EQUIPMENT FIELD INSPECTION CERTIFICATION
MANUFACTURER: WesTech Engineering Inc., 3625 S. WestTemple, Sait Lake City, Utah 84115 Phone (801) 265-1080
PROJECT NAME: - !.N. . :.;o" - '-y-l-PS~. .". . -'-'O

\ ..t-------------------------
WESTECH JOB NUMBER: /),O?:fi8 A CONTRACT NO.:
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: If)() I VIA (t)tz(R;, {L.,

tl'J..?1
CONTRACTOR'S NAME:
/
Initial each line and/or add lines as applicable. Mark N/A as appropriate. (If not initialed, indicate reasons under comments.)
1. Soundness:
--!/L- Method of storage, site storage conditions, and installation handling of the equipment has not adversely affected
/"""1 the equipment.
/L There is no apparent damage, rusting, painting or other repair reqUirements. /}JI/I//J IJ-. -r.?l/&/I tJ P fJJ/NT '
2.lnS~ion:
----£- The equipment item(s) named above has been inspected, checked, and adjusted. The equipment has been
/ properly installed, aligned and is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts.
TOri"" O",p,' i, rot,lio, '0 th, p'ope, directioo, ./c'w D CCW IA,,,;ewe' 'rem molO,''" '0""',)
___ Equipment installation is not complete at this time. (Indicate under comments all items of work that must be
completed before initial operation.)
3. Lubrication:
The condensate has been drained.
The equipment has been properly lubricated per the manufacturer's recommendations.
;
Grease Mfr/Grade:~II/ I£/Y} Oil Mfr/Grade: bte ,0/t2 Oil Level:
4. Testing and Operation:

_ _ _ 0 Testing per Specification Section: _
o Accepted by Owners Agent: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:
-f-
/J/.. Th' op,,,,lioo ofth, ""pm,o' ""'" ""''",','''" D ,ct,., "odilio", h" b"o
the equipment operated satisfactorily.
0"'''''' '"', '0 my opioioo,
/
/--#- Electrical, torque alarm and cut-out switches operate properly. ,"(Manual Test I21"Torque Test
(Attach Test Record)
o If checked, only temporary power was in use. Therefore, the torque box could not be checked for proper
operation.
-j- Operator training for this equipment has been provided. (Document attendance separately)
___ Operation was not observed. (Initial the following statement that applies.)
Notification is required in order to be in attendance during initial operation of the equipment.
~ It is not necessary for the manufacturer's representative to be present for the initial operation of the
/ equipment.
5. Spare Parts: 0 Spare parts are present.
o Customer's report form required and attached.

Comments: (Use back of sheet if necessary.)
The undersigned verifies that the equipment has been inspected and, as far as can be observed, has properly been installed,
conforms to the intent of the contract, and is ready for permanent operation. The manufacturer's warranty is in effect as long as
recommended maintenance procedures are followed. This certification does not assume any responsibility of the installation and/or
erection contractor, and takes precedenc over customer's report forms
Signature of Authorized RepreseAtative:.-.",,=~~~~
QF-00-018F Rev. 08/01/05

DRIVE INSPECTION CHECKLIST
(TO BE FILLED OUT FOR EACH TANK)
WESTECH I
DATE: 11 &6/00 JOB #: 2x:z2G] EQUIPMENT: L11«? )!20 GiA~f~
JOB LOCATION: Navmo J CA TANK# _L=- _
CONTRACTOR: 1Y/tJJVT12f:1.J7 hu#ll'!L.t.4~
PERSONNEL: ~ Jk.;~tb Ji;~
AbM£;! rB):if@66
c ,0
# OF SHIMS
@DRIVE: A
TOTAL
THICKNESS
OF SHIMS
@ DRIVE: A
---- B
- - -C D
- -- -- ----
FINAL LEVEL
RUNOUT: A jq-fb B tW C jqys: D I~
HAS OIL BEEN FILLED: _----,l11'--!£t5
7
_ _----,-._ BY: J&~
~
$&11.
HAS DRIVE BEEN GREASED: &0 BY: pi I
7 )j
HAS CONDENSATE BEEN DRAINED: ~ BY: _ _J_/ _
OF-' 05/19/05
FIELD SERVICE CHECKLIST FOR CLARIFIERS
JOB #:}(lJ5tzA JOB NAME: &WtTCJ UNIT #: L DATE:/f Jld6 of
ASSIGNED
COMPLETE INCOMPLETE TO
x X X DRIVES
/ LUBRICATION
/' CONDENSATE HAS BEEN DRAINED
o Temp.
/
/ /
MOTORS WIRED PERMANENTLY
(0 RAKE, 0 L1FTyEj TURBINE)
0 No Power
Y J4fJ ROTATION ~W DCCW

v
Y / DRIVE LEVELED I SHIMMED
/'
/' PAINT/TOUCH UP
'/ / TORQUE BOX LIMIT SWITCHES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS

/ TORQUE BOX CUT OFF MUST NOT AUTOMATICALLY RESET
/VI V LIFT LIMIT SWITCHES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS
X X X ROTATING SCUM PIPES
) LUBRICATION
~lA WIRED PERMANENTLY o Temp. 0 No Power

I f
'"
ACTUATOR LIMIT SWITCHES SET WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS
/ TRIP SWITCH
X X X CHECK FOR LEVEL, ALIGNMENT, CONNECTIONS, PAINT,

OVE/RALL APPEARANCE, ETC.
3'BAFFLE 10 WEIRS
417 / o WALKWAY 10 9RATING I 0 RAILING I 0 SLIDE PLATES

;/ rrSKIMMER I E'f'SPRING TENSION
;/ SCUM BOX
// . Gl-'CAGE I 0 SHAFT
/' FEEDWELL
Y / CENT~R COLUMN
/'
;/ I21"RAKE ARMS Il1""WELD PLATES
;/ SQUEEGEES
///1 /' CORNER SWEEPS

;/ GROUT
COMMENTS: frtf/£/4j/l#;f)J:5 i!3.ee:A/ #//;~ ,,;wlf.LfP 4' /ld- //Y01flLlJ/71V

~~
QF-08-055C 08/16/05
.'
TORQUE TEST RECORD

Completed By; ffiANjf\1 6)ffimrn,lS Date: '/q'jllJ~ (Jet
Job Name: N6 VATO Job No. ;J (J.:A~1,l\
Equipment: ~ 'Tn t 1;,//A b CJJi~l.?J t;L.fl.- f) -.p G ~ 'J-
Test Equipment: Enerpac [tTS5 0 TM5 .7fN:O~bq -:J.-. or (~ Calibration Expires: Ii P u~ :hrJ()~
Maximum Range: 0 Analog 2,000 Ibs MDigital10,OOO Ibs 0 ' _
Anchor distance from the tank centerline: =1J' (ft.) "Design" '1Q (ft.) "Actual" distance
Reference: Torque (ft-Ibs.) = Load Cell Reading (Ibs.) X Distance (ft.)
TORQUE TEST LOADS REVISED FOR

TEST'"
AT DESIGN ANCHOR DISTANCE "ACTUAL
RESULTS
DISTANCE"
DN!A
Torque Dynamometer! Dynamometer! .. Torque
Torque Dynamometer!
Box Load Cell Reading Load Cell Reading (ft-lbs.)
(ft-1l5s.) Load Cell Reading
Dial % ill&l (Ibs.)
ill2§j
5itt./t(
,'.l~n
i.-
./ "I'.
?67 I
~3h ?t,i( 106m
/
)n
t-(56o
J
;;(l
" ~)'?"'1
'.
...• of, )/Jj{f ~(:::tJo A Ii)
"''J
.~~" '". ~,..
/1!¥\J
,'fi
if V
/;101o
~r;
t3;;Z~~, . ,
~4' '
(/t.y4f'h
.<,- XJ1J '
f""
. . .
: ':*.. •••• s..) • J;=.. , ·of.
"
r ,'.
, , "
. ~-' ..":... ~
...
~~_, 1*
.
,: .'
-;"1
*Test values within ±10% are acceptable unless otherwise specified.
Attended By. tJlf}~/~# ~i£6ts

Comments: -,-- _
~ue Test Witnessed by Owner's Agent: ~~~~a.J1~~L~G Date: -8 lAMS 0 Jr

Printed me: ::s: . Title: I. ~ 1?~~pt:k
~ 0 Fa'· . Date. /9 !A6fj (J!?
QF·OO-031 D . Rev. 10/12/05

TABLE OF CONTENTS
E STE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
SECTION 1:
E IPM T
INFOR ATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EsTECH
WARRANTY
WesTech equipment is backed by WesTech's reputation as a quality manufacturer, and by

many years of experience in the design of reliable equipment.
Equipment manufactured or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc., once paid for in full, is
backed by the following warranty:
For the benefit of the original user, WesTech warrants all new equipment manufactured by
WesTech Engineering, Inc. to be free from defects in material and workmanship, and will
replace or repair, F.O.B. its factories or other location designated by it, any part or parts
returned to it which WesTech's examination shall show to have failed under normal use and
service by the original user within one (1) year following initial start-up, or eighteen (18)
months from shipment to the purchaser, whichever occurs first. Such repair or replacement
.shall be free of charge for all items except for those items such as resin, filter media and the
like thatar~com~lJmableand normally replaced during.maintenance, with respect to which,
repair or replacement shall be subject to a pro-rata cha:rge based upon WesTech's estimate
of the percentage of normal service life realized from the part. WesTech's obligation under
this warranty is conditioned upon its receiving prompt notice of claimed defects, which
shall in no event be later than thirty (30) days following expiration of the warranty period,
and is limited to repair or replacement as aforesaid.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE BY WESTECH AND ACCEPTED BY PURCHASER

IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY. WESTECH NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER
PERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS EQUIPMENT.
WESTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR, CORROSION, OR ANY
CONTINGENT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR EXPENSE DUE TO
PARTIAL OR COMPLETE INOPERABILITY OF ITS EQUIPMENT FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
This warranty shall not apply to equipment or parts thereof which have been altered or
repaired outside of a WesTech factory, or damaged by improper installation, application, or
maintenance, or subjected to misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, or incomplete adherence to
all manufacturer's requirements, including, but not limited to, Operations & Maintenance
Manual guidelines & procedures.
This warranty applies only to equipment made or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc.
WesTech Engineering, Inc. makes no warranty with respect to parts, accessories, or

components purchased by the customer from others. The warranties which apply to such
items are those offered by their respective manufacturers.
WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. 3625 South West Temple, Salt Lake City, UT 84115 (801) 265~1 000
QF-00-032E 08/18/05
TABLE OF CONTENTS
, GENERAL DESCRIPTION
WE STE C H '-"AN'-'-'=EM=P--=.LO"'-y'-"E=E-"'-O'-'-'W'-'-'N=ED"-'C=O=MC!.!...P'-"AN'-'-'y'--
_
This WesTech COP is designed for the Rake Arm: Scrapes the tank floor and
purpose of continuously separating and directs sludge to the center of the tank for
removing suspended solids as well as scum removal.
and floating material from waste influent.
Scum Box: Transports floating material and
The clarified overflow is removed at the scum out of the tank through the scum pipe.
tank periphery. A sufficient detention time
is allowed to permit the solids in the feed to Skimmer: Removes floating scum material
settle during the time of flow from the from the surface of the water, and deposits
influent to the point of overflow collection. it into the scum box.
The overflow collection scheme should be
adjusted to continuously remove a uniform Walkway and Platform: Provides access to
amount of liquid per unit length of periphery the drive unit.
and to eliminate irregular flow at anyone
place. Any irregularity will cause a Weir: Allows for a controlled, uniform
convergence of flow at certain points, and effluent withdrawal from the tank. Effluent
the velocity at those points will be such as exits the tank by flowing over the weir into
to carry fine solids with the overflow. The the launder. (Not by WesTech)
rakes move the settled solids to the center
where they are pumped out.
The COP system consists of the following:
Anchor Bolts: Used to attach components

of clarifier to tank concrete structure.
Baffle: Prevents floating scum from exiting

the tank over the weir. (Not by WesTech)
Center Cage: Provides support for and

transfers motive force to the rake arms.
Center Column: Provides structural support

for the mechanism. Also serves as the
influent pipe for flow entering the tank.
Drive Unit: Provides motive for the

mechanism.
Electrical Panel: Provides control of power

to the mechanism.
Feedwell: Further reduces radial energy of

the influent before it enters the clarifier.
Launder: Collects effluent for transportation

out of tank. (Not by WesTech)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL PREGAUTIONS
WES E C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

5. An indication of direct shipment from

The erection instructions enclosed are the supplier or the fabricator.
provided to assist in the assembly and
adjustment of this mechanism. These 6. The date and job number of the
procedures are not intended as a shipment.
substitute for the experience of the
persons assigned to erecting and The packing list will be found in one of the
assembling this equipment. WesTech crates shipped directly from Salt Lake
strongly suggests that these instructions City, Utah. The list should be kept in a
be studied prior to erecting, assembling, readily accessible and safe place. Many
and adjusting. contractors prefer to keep this list in some
type of binder for protection and quick
During assembly of this equipment, it will reference.
be necessary to install, adjust, and
maintain certain accessory items, which This list is particularly useful during
are not manufactured by WesTech. This erection for locating small parts and
accessory equipment must be stored, fasteners. When coordinated with the
handled, adjusted, and maintained in erection drawings, equipment tagging,
accordance with instructions provided by and piece marking, the contractor's
the manufacturer of that equipment. This packing list can become an invaluable
is absolutely necessary in order to be erection tool.
assured of prompt and full participation in
the warranty protection on the equipment. EQUIPMENT TAGS:
WesTech will not accept responsibility for
damage to equipment which has not been Each shipping piece has been tagged or
handled in accordance with the piece marked for convenience. Typically
manufacturer's instructions. the part number and item number will be
marked on all items. Piece marked items
PACKING LIST: received will have a mark such as "Part
No. D120A" or "Item 203" which may be
The Contractor's packing list consists of a cross-referenced with the packing list and
sheet containing an itemized listing of general erection drawings.
parts.
RECEIVING MATERIAL:
The packing list contains:
The equipment pieces and components
1. A description of the item. received may have been shipped from:
2. Sizes and lengths of nuts and bolts. 1. WesTech Engineering, Inc. in Salt
These fasteners will ship tagged with Lake City, Utah.
the item numbers.
2. A fabricator acting under WesTech
3. The quantity of parts per assembled Engineering's instructions.
unit.
3. A "buy-out" distributor such as a
4. Total quantity of parts shipped. motor or pump manufacturer.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
E STE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

Since their will often be more than one damaged goods inspected by their
shipment to the job site, it is important to agent.
coordinate the receiving and storage of all
items accordingly. All material has been B. AFTER signing the BOL and receiving
thoroughly checked and inspected before the shipment, do the following:
shipment. However, there may be times
when equipment is missing, damaged in 1. Use the attached/enclosed packing list
transit or received with broken packaging. to further inspect the entire shipment
When receiving equipment, it is necessary for shortages and/or damage and
to properly acknowledge receipt and any retain this list for future reference.
shortage or damage on the shipping
documents. This must be done in a 2. NOTIFY WesTech within THREE (3)
manner that helps assign responsibility to working days from date of receipt, of
the proper party for the various parts of any further shortages or concealed
shipping and receiving equipment. damage. If certain items are missing or
damaged, make notes of this on the
When receiving a shipment, the following shipping papers to protect all interests
procedures must be followed. These and notify WesTech (801) 265-1000
procedures are also listed on the Bill of IMMEDIATELY.
Lading the shipping company provides and
must be signed to prove delivery of the HANDLING & STORAGE
goods. If the following procedures are not
Please handle the equipment properly
followed, WesTech will not be liable for any
when unloading and erecting. All cartons,
shortages or damage on your shipments.
electrical equipment, and gear drives
RECEIVING PROCEDURE should be stored under cover and protected
from moisture, grit, and mud. All rolled
A. Before signing the Bill of Lading (BOL) steel sections must be stored on edge or
in receipt of the goods shown thereon, blocked up to prevent distortion. If allowed
and BEFORE the driver leaves, do the to lay flat, these items may lose their shape
following: which could hinder erection and proper
alignment of the equipment.
1. After inspecting the shipment, NOTE
any damage or shortages (according Long structural shapes should be checked
to what is listed on the BOL). Be as for the proper camber. This would include
detailed as necessary. beams, trusses, walkways, etc. The
equipment has been designed with a
2. Have the driver sign the notation in positive camber so items do not appear to
acknowledgment. be sagging after erection.
3. Retain a copy (of the notated BOL) for PAINTING:

use in filing a freight claim.
The material supplied for this job has
4. If there is damage, NOTIFY WesTech received surface preparation and paint in
(801) 265-1000 IMMEDIATELY so that accordance with the specific contract plans
arrangements can be made with the and specifications.
carrier, if necessary, to have the
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
ESEC H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

Any indentations, mars, and/or scratches receipt of the approved prints. Notify
caused by loading and unloading the WesTech immediately if anchor bolts are
equipment must be IMMEDIATELY touched not received as promised.
up in the field prior to storage.
Anchor bolts must be placed accurately to
NOTE: SHOP PRIMER PAINT DURABILITY avoid future erection difficulties. Where
applicable and upon request, WesTech can
In the event the equipment supplied has furnish a template for positioning the anchor
been painted with only a primer coat, this bolts. If a template has not been furnished,
notification should be adhered to. Shop remember that the location and projection
primer paints are intended to serve only as of all anchorage is critical. The specified
a bonding coat between the metallic amount of projection and location are
surface and the protective finish and serve shown on the general arrangement
only as a minimal protective finish. Unless drawings. Prior to equipment installation,
otherwise noted in the contract documents, clean the threads of all anchorage bolts and
WesTech will not be responsible for oil them.
condition of primed or finish painted
surfaces after the equipment leaves our OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL:
shops. Customers are invited to inspect
coatings in our shops for proper surface Keep an O&M Manual in the area where
preparation and application prior to the operators can familiarize themselves
shipment. WesTech assumes no with it and have it for reference. The
responsibility for field surface preparation or manual is useless if the operator and
touch up of shipping damage to paint. foreman do not have access to it.
Painting of surfaces requiring touch up or
painting of fasteners will be by the FURTHER ASSISTANCE:
customer's painting contractor after the
mechanism is erected. If a problem is encountered while installing
or operating the equipment which cannot be
Shop primed surfaces should be finish solved by referring to this manual, feel free
coated within the time specified by the paint to contact WesTech Engineering, Inc., 3625
manufacturer. WesTech cannot be held South West Temple, Salt Lake City, Utah
responsible for shop-primed surfaces that 84115 phone (801) 265-1000 or fax (801)
have deteriorated due to time and 265-1080.
exposure.
FASTENERS:
All stainless steel erection fasteners shall

incorporate anti-seize during assembly.
Failure to utilize this will cause significant
extra time by the erection and maintenance
crews.
FOUNDATION ANCHOR BOLTS:
If required, WesTech Engineering ships

anchor bolts direct to the job site upon
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I SHORTAGES, DISCREPANCIES, AND FIELD CHARGES
E STE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

Company policy dictates that no field

Please notify WesTech Engineering, Inc. charges will be allowed without prior
immediately if any apparent manufacturing approval. Written authority must be given
discrepancies or shortages are in the form of a WesTech Inspection and
encountered with machinery, since no field Change Work form with an attached
charges for alterations or shortages will be warranty tracking number. The Warranty
accepted unless authorized in writing by our tracking number will be issued when the
authorized representative. extent of such modifications and the price
for performing these modifications have
Fabricated steel parts and assemblies been agreed upon.
furnished by WesTech Engineering, Inc. are
manufactured following best shop practices In general, when parts require replacement,
and standards. However, some misfits and and WesTech agrees that replacement is
imperfect work may arise. In such cases, necessary, WesTech will furnish the parts.
the American Institute of Steel Construction The contractor will remove the defective
ASD, Ninth Edition, or LRFD, First Edition, parts and install the replacement parts at a
"Code of Standard Practice", will apply to cost agreed upon by both parties.
erection of this equipment. It reads as
follows:
"7.12. Corrections and Errors
Normal erection operations include the

correction of minor misfits by
moderate amounts of reaming,
chipping, welding or cutting, and the
drawing of elements into line through
the use of drift pins. Errors which
cannot be corrected by the foregoing
means or which require major
changes in member configuration are
reported immediately to the owner and
fabricator by the erector, to enable
whoever is responsible either to
correct the error or to approve the
most efficient and economic method of
correction is to be used by others."
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STRUCTURAL LIFTING PRECAUTIONS
EC H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
WARNING: DO NOT PULL, DRAG, PUSH 5. Use multiple point lifting whenever
OR DUMP THE STRUCTURAL possible.
COMPONENTS OFF THE DELIVERY
TRUCKS! 6. When lifting structural members of
this equipment, such as rake arms,
All structural components should be lifted cages, walkways, etc. avoid twisting
and handled as instructed below. Proper or bending the members. Use
handling is necessary to protect special spreader beams, as necessary, to
coverings and to ensure ease of assembly fully support the pieces as they are
during equipment installation. lifted.
WesTech will not accept charges for repair 7. Make sure shop provided camber is
or replacement of equipment or materials maintained when lifting rake arms
damaged due to improper handling. Report and walkways.
any damage to WesTech and make a
notation on shipping papers to this effect. 8. Lift the equipment an inch or two off
the trailer to be sure it is free to be
LIFTING RECOMMENDATIONS: moved and balanced correctly.
Adjust as necessary.
Observe these precautions when lifting or
handling structural components. 9. Never move the equipment suddenly
or in jerks and never allow it to strike
WARNING: STAND CLEAR AS THE the ground, tank or other equipment.
EQUIPMENT IS LIFTED
1. Make sure the equipment being lifted

or the lifting equipment cannot come
into contact with overhead electrical
cables, etc.
2. Make sure the rigging and hoist

equipment have adequate capacity.
Weights for major components are
listed on the Parts Lists in Sections II
and IV.
3. All rigging and lifting should be done

by experienced personnel.
4. Before the equipment is removed

from the delivery trucks, check to be
sure the blocking, bracing and
banding securing it to the carrier
have been removed and is ready for
moving.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING SPARE OR REPLAC,EMENT PARTS
ESE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

Spare or replacement parts may be has been received.

ordered from the Parts Department at:
For convenience, a 'Recommended Spares
WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. Parts List' is provided in this manual. This is
3625 SOUTH WEST TEMPLE a guide for the appropriate level of spares to
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115 keep on hand to minimize lost time due to
PHONE: (801) 265-1000 unscheduled breakdowns. Each item listed
FAX: (801) 265-1080 in the Recommended Spare Parts List is
24-HOUR SERVICE/EMERGENCY: identified within one of the following
(801) 265-1000 8:00 am to 5:00 pm categories:
(801)-263-40935:00 pm to 8:00 am
E-MAIL ADDRESS Normal maintenance and Wear items.
parts@westech-inc.com Long Lead items (minimum downtime).
WEB ADDRESS
www.westech-inc.com Should you require further assistance in
determining which spare parts are
If you would like to talk directly to a parts appropriate for your particular situation
representative during normal business hours please contact WesTech's spare parts
(8:00 am to 5:00 pm MST), dial (801)265- department.
1000 and ask for the Spare Parts
Department. You may fax your order to To avoid unnecessary delays in obtaining
(801)265-1080. the correct spare or replacement parts for
your equipment, be sure to give the following
To use the 24-hour service/emergency line information with each order.
after hours (5:00 pm to 8:00 am), dial
(801)263-4093. Please indicate to the 1. Identify equipment using the
Answering Service Operator whether your WesTech Job number. Your
facility is Water, Waste Water or Industrial. equipment is identified as follows:
She will inform you that a WesTech WesTech Job No.: 20253A
Representative will call and assist you with Equipment Type: CLC16
your problem.
2. Identify the part by name and give
If you would like to e-mail a spare parts the number of the drawing on which
order, simply e-mail your request to us at this part or assembly appears.
parts@westech-inc.com and a WesTech
representative will process your order and 3. Identify the part number.
follow up with an Order Acknowledgment.
4. Identify the size and include all
Spare parts may also be ordered directly pertinent dimensions (such as
from our web page www.westech-inc.com. diameter, length, thickness, bore,
Simply go to the web page, click on Parts & pitch, etc.) whenever possible.
Service, and then click on Contact the
WesTech Spare Parts Department and fill 5. If parts being ordered are electrical
out the online form. A WesTech in nature, give all pertinent data such
representative will process your order and as: voltage, amperage, wattage,
follow up with an Order Acknowledgment, or cycles, speed, power factor, or other
a return phone call to confirm that your order information given on the parts
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING ~PARE OR REPLACEMENT PARTS

nameplate or included in the parts drawings are not included in this Operation
brochure. and Maintenance Manual.
6. Submit your written purchase order

or request for a quotation, both
signing and printing your full name
so that WesTech will know whom to
contact should further clarification of
the inquiry be necessary. ALL
VERBAL ORDERS MUST BE
VERIFIED IN WRITING.
7. Give a return address and a shipping

address.
8. Give a preferred method of shipping:

e.g., UPS, truck freight, rail freight,
air express, etc.
9. Indicate the quantity desired.
10. Provide instructions for proper

invoicing.
11. All spare or repair parts orders are

subject to a $100.00 minimum order
charge.
An item number identifies a part shown on

an assembly drawing. (See sample
segment of the General Arrangement
drawing and sample Parts List on the
following page.) Item numbers enclosed in
circles are shown on the drawing with
arrows pointing to each part. On the parts
list, item numbers are found in the leftmost
column of the Parts List. Item numbers are
three-digit numbers. The first digit is the
parts list page number where the part is
listed. The second and third digits are the
line number on the page where the part is
listed.
Part Numbers
Part numbers identify drawing numbers of
the fabrication drawings. Fabric~tion
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
\lVesTEcH
3625 South West Temple, PO Box 65068, Salt Lake City, UT 84165-006
Phone (801) 265-1000 1Fax (801) 265-1080 Recommended
E-Mail: parts@westech-inc.com Spare Parts List
Westech Job No.: 20253A Date Prepared: October 23, 2007
Pro osal Valid for: 90 da s FOB Shi Pt. w/Frt: Pre a & Add
In order to increase the life of your equipment, and avoid costly downtime, Westech recommends that you maintain your equipment
at regular intervals. To do this, Westech recommends, at a minimum, that you have the below mentioned items on hand at all times.
Lona lead items that could sinnificantlv minimize downtime as well as normal maintenance and wear items are included in this list.
Item Drawing Item Recommended

Number Number Description Quanilily
Parts List No: 8967

113 10250T181 N LAMP FOR PILOT LIGHT, 120V 8.00
114 10250TC7N GLASS LENS, RED 2.00
115 10250TC9N GLASS LENS, AMBER 6.00
142 FNQ-R-5 TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP 2.00
146 700-HR52TA17 TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE 2.00
209 RPM12F7 RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC 4.00
222 E50AR1 LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT 2.00
223 E50KL220 LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR 2.00
Parts List No: 8989

101 TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE 2.00
103 SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE) 2.00
104 SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY) 2.00
105 RAKE DRIVE MOTOR 2.00
113 RR-0002A RETAINING RING 3 3/4" EXT 2.00
114 MS-0194A LOWER SEAL 2.00
115 MS-0289A UPPER SEAL 2.00
116 BR-0053A UPPER BEARING 4.00
117 RR-0027A RETAINING RING 2314" EXT 2.00
121 121G112COO PINION SHAFT 2.00
123 123G027B05 PINION GEAR, 15T PINION GEAR (15T) 2.00
124 BR-0001A PINION BEARING 2.00
127 RR-0018A RETAINING RING 53/4" INT 2.00
415 MS-0066A O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'-0" LENGTH) 2.00
416 MS-0182A DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406) 2.00
441 GA-0005A OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE 2.00
445 VA-0006A DRAIN VALVE 2.00
447 445-116B03-B PINION PORT COVER GASKET 2.00
450 445-230B05-B INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET 2.00
Please call, for current price and availibility.
Municipal Recommended Spare Parts List

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EX~LANATION OF PARTS LIST

ITEM NUMBERS PART NUMBERS

Item numbers identify a part shown on an Part numbers identify drawing numbers for
erection or assembly drawing. Item shop drawings. Shop drawings are not
numbers are in circles on the drawing with included in operation and maintenance
an arrow pointing to the part. On the parts manuals. Part numbers have a drawing
list, item numbers are found in the left most number followed by a letter. The first letter
column of the list. Item numbers are three of the drawing number indicates the size of
digit numbers. The first digit is the parts list the drawing. The last letter of the part
page number where the part is listed, the number distinguishes parts associated with
second and third digits are the line number that drawing.
of the page where the part is listed.
",-
,...-----
,/
, PART NUMBER
NO. DRAWINO:-''U:-'lBIR DESCRIPTION OFPA
DJUA049.4116 D IVEASSEMBLY-PLAN
RC·0148A SM.CYCLO SPEED REDUCE
105 DM-0032A DRIVE MOTOR JI2HP STERL G
III 11l-1167C ADAPTER PLATE
" 116 PH·0001A PIVOT BEARING
PARTS LIST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EsTE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
III
11III
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The sequence listed below is suggested

only and should not take precedence over
the experience of the erector. If due to
special circumstances or the equipment
available, the erector may decide to vary
this order. Detailed sheets follow which
explain each of the steps outlined below.
To assist in the construction of the clarifier,

a list containing drawing numbers and
drawing descriptions has been included in
the table of contents. References to
drawings will be made using the drawing
description only but drawing numbers can
be accessed quickly through the use of this
list.
1) Install anchor bolts.
2) Install center column.
3) Install center cage.
4) Install drive unit. (refer to Section

4: Drive Unit)
5) Install feedwell.
6) Install rake arms to cage.
7) Install spiral blades.
8) Install scum box.
9) Install skimming mechanism.
10) Install platform.
11 ) Perform final check for level.
12) Perform torque test.
13) Grout tank.
14) Install piping and electrical items.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUGGESTED TORQUE RATINGS
BOLT DIAMETER (INCHES) TORQUE RATING (FT-LBS)

1/4 8
5/16 12
3/8 21
7/16 33
1/2 45
9/16 59
5/8 97
3/4 130
7/8 202
1 271
1-1/8 408
1-1/4 504
1-1/2 732
*ANTISIEZE MUST BE APPLIED TO ALL STAINLESS

FASTENERS PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY"
1. FLAT WASHER, THREADED 1

ASSEMBLY
= FT-LBS X 80%
2. LOCK WASHER, NUT

= FT-LBS X 100%
3. TWO (2) FLAT WASHERS, NUT

= FT-LBS X 90%
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANCHOR BOLTS AND SENCHMARKS

Note: If epoxy anchors are used, conform

to manufacturer's recommended
installation instructions.
1. Install column anchors, making sure

the bolt circle is concentric with the
tank wall.
IMPORTANT! The column and

walkway anchor bolts must be
installed with respect to the centerl-
ine of the walkway as shown on the
general arrangement drawing. Use
V-notches in column flanges for
reference.
2. Install walkway anchors with respect

to the walkway centerline as noted in
(1) above. Bench Mark Figure
3. Install scum box anchors with

respect to the water level and the
final position· of the scum box.
These anchors must be in proper
position to ensure correct operation
of the skimming equipment and
optimize the scum removal process.
4. Install anchors for the weirs and

baffles making sure that the bolt
spacing and location are correct.
The anchor bolts for the baffle
supports should be installed after the
weir anchor bolts have been located.
5. Prior to equipment installation, clean

and lubricate all anchor bolt threads.
6. Using a surveyor's level, bench mark

the tank wall at four equally spaced
locations (90 degrees apart) and
approximately 2'-0" above tank
bottom. These marks will be used
later to check final level of the drive.
They should be oriented 45 degrees
from walkway centerline. See
Benphmark Figure.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CENTER COLUMN
WE STE C H '-"AN"-'E=.eM"'-P-=:LO"'-'y'-'=E.=.E-=OW"-'-'-"NE=-=D'--"C=O=M'-'-PA=N'-'-y
_
NOTE: Re-check center column anchors bob from the top of the column and
for correct spacing and orientation with measure at the top and bottom. Do
respect to centerline of walkway this at two locations 90 degrees from
anchors. each other.
1. Inspect the center column making 6. Replace the top lock nuts and secure
leveling by tightening the top nuts to
sure no damage has occurred during
shipment. If temporary bracing was bottom flange of the column.
7. It is essential that plumb condition be
used to support the RAS pipe during
maintained and checked before
shipment, be sure to remove it at this
placing non-shrink grout under the
time. There are two V-notches, one
in both the top and bottom flange. bottom flange.
These notches must line up with the
8. After final adjustment of the
walkway centerline at the tank wall.
mechanism, the space underneath
See drawing titled Center Column
the center column must be grouted
Figure.
using non-shrink grout. (Grout not by
WesTech.)
2. Place leveling nuts or shims at the
proper elevation (approximately 2" //'-~,
/ <$ \ '\
off rough concrete). The top lock "V"-1'JOTCH _ + { I- . _ _ \ \
AliGN WITH WAU(W.":i CEt'iTEI':l.1NE \ -~ J
nuts should be removed and the
elevation of the leveling nuts should
be verified.
NOTE: Before placing the center

rrr t ---\ ! /
column in the tank, measure the top

flange diameter. If this dimension is """ 'OW"", I '
larger than the width of the cage, \
fl \:.
place the cage in the tank over the
center column final position and slip /1 1 ! '.,.,1
LEVEL-/ II
the center column through the top of
the cage.
4. Lower center column onto the

anchor bolts and fasten loosely. The
influent ports (openings) should be
located at the upper end of the
center column.
5. Using a level, adjust leveling nuts or

shims so that the column is plumb in
two directions (at 90 degrees).
NOTE: The column must be plumb

before assembly can continue. To
best plumb the column drop a plumb
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CENTE~CAGE
1. Lift cage with connections for rake

arms at the bottom end.
DRIVE
CONNECTION / CENTER COLUMN
2. Place the cage over the center
column onto blocking which is almost CAGE
as high as the depth of the innermost
spiral blade. RAKE ARM
BLOCKS / CONNECTION
3. The drive unit must be installed
before further erection of the cage.
4. After the drive unit is installed, raise

~ 1~C5"=;==r=b~/ BLOCKS
the cage and attach to the drive unit

adapter connections using vertical
adjusting bolts and mounting
fasteners. Leave mounting fasteners
loose until after adjustments are
made. Mounting fasteners should be
centered in the slots on the cage.
This will allow vertical adjustment in
either direction.
5. Remove blocking. Re-check the

clearance between cage and center
column. Adjust the cage for uniform
CAGE
concentricity about the column as
MOUNTING
required using the all-thread ALL-THREAD FASTENERS
adjusting rods on the cage. ADJUSTING ROD
//
'---------------
6. When all adjustments are completed,
tighten the connecting bolts at the
cage top. Re-check clearances after
all fasteners have been fully
tightened.
NOTE: It may be necessary to make

vertical adjustments on the cage after rake
arms are installed. This can be done by
placing jacks under the four corners of the
cage, loosening the mounting fasteners and
using the vertical adjustment bolts along
with the jacks to raise or lower the cage.
Care must be taken to insure that cage
remains concentric with the column. After
adjustments are made, tighten
all fasteners.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FEEDWELL AND SUPPORTS
WE STEe H A'--"N-'--'E=M"-'-P-'='LO"--'y-=.E=-E-=OW"'-"N=E==:D-->eC=O=MP'-'-A=N-'-:y-:-::--=-=--=-=-::--:-::-:-::---::--
_
1. Assemble the arc sections of the J TANK
feedwell on temporary blocking on

the floor of the tank, arranged
around the center column and cage
with scum ports at the top.
2. Using erection drawings as a
reference, place feedwell support
beams on cage. Be sure the
installed configuration matches that
shown on the erection drawings.
3. If possible, bolt all of the feedwell

arcs together.
4. Raise the entire assembled feedwell THREADED ROD

t TANK
and bolt to support beams. (If all the I t

"'DWELL SUPPORT ~
feedwell sections could not be bolted THREADED
ROO
together, bolt the arc sections to the ---L----------- FASTENE~___ - -t- _~n"
• '-- _ _ .J
supports. Be sure to brace individual WATER LEVEL
sections until all sections of the FEED\"'ElL SECTlON
feedwell have been installed and all

connections are tightened). Be sure
to support the feedwell at several
locations with the use of spreader(4)
bars, so that the feedwell is not
distorted and support beams are not
unevenly loaded during erection.
5. Adjust feedwell for level and

concentricity about center column
and cage. Tighten all connecting
bolts. Check elevation of feedwell
with respect to water level to ensure
proper equipment configuration.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RAKE ARMS
1. Place rake arms in tank in line with 8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 after the final
their position of attachment to the check for level is complete. They will
center cage or shaft and on blocking. have to be re-set.
2. Using blocking or jacks, position rake

9. After all adjustments have been
arm assembly and bolt to lower cage
made including the final check for
or shaft attachment using extreme
level, securely tighten arm
care not disturb drive. Adjust arms
connections and field weld the weld
as follows: plates in place (if required).
3. Bolt the rake arm assembly to upper
cage or shaft attachment and adjust
to fit slope of tank bottom. Field
welding of these connections is
required after final adjustment for
level.
4. Cage bracing (if required) must be in

place prior to removing rake arm
blocking.
5. Adjust arms so that both rake arms

have proper and equal clearance
with the tank bottom. This is to
ensure that each arm shares its load
and the machine does not operate
with unevenly distributed loads.
(This must follow the final check for
level of the drive unit.) The drive unit
must be readied and used for this
operation.
6. The arm blades must be adjusted to

rake at the proper slope and in the
same place. By means of a
reference mark on the tank floor, or a
pile of sand leveled by the arms,
note the exact clearance of the arms
from the tank floor.
7. Rotate each arm to the reference

mark and adjust according to the
reference dimensions (or pile of
sand). Use a jack under the arms to
assist in this adjustment. The arms
should be adjusted for the same
elevation.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
· SCUM BOX
1. Attach scum box supports to the tank

wall on previously installed anchors.
2. Bolt scum box to scum box supports.

Check for proper elevation of the
upper edge of the trough and see
that it is perfectly level. Vertical
adjustments can be made at the
scum box supports.
I I 1
3. With scum box in position, field drill
~:.~
holes in baffle for inserting
connection bolts.
------+-----+ == =--==rJ
4. Bolt scum box to supports and baffle.
5. Complete connection for the scum

discharge line using a flexible
coupling.
6. After installation of the skimming

mechanism and as part of the final
adjustment of the entire mechanism,
the final elevation of the scum box
must be set so that the bottom wiper
on the hinged skimmer is in uniform
contact with crest of the trough.
7. Tighten all connections.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
· SKIMMI~G MECHANISM AND SUPPORTS
EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

1. While supporting the skimmer arm in

place, install the support braces for
the skimmer arm.
2. Skimmer arms should be attached

simultaneously to avoid unequal
loading of the feedwell, which may
cause distortion.
3. Attach the counter balance support

arm (if required), wipers, skimmer
blade, to the skimmer arm. See
scum skimmer general arrangement
drawing. Check to insure that the
skimmer arms are perpendicular with
the water surface.
4. Remove all blocking and supports

from under skimmer arm. Check the
skimmer blade for level before
proceeding.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
fiNAL CHECK FOR lEVEL
The objective in the final check for level is 3. If power is not available, remove the
to verify that the drive unit is level. This will fan cover and rotate the drive by
ensure proper operation and will extend turning the fan. Do not push rake
drive bearing life. This will be done by arms or otherwise move arms during
checking the level at the end of one arm, at the leveling.
various points around the tank. The entire
mechanism should be assembled at this 4. Referring to the illustration, compare
point, especially parts that attach to the the difference in dimensions
cage or the arms. between the level marks and the
rake arm reference marks at
1. The tank was bench marked diametrically opposite sides of the
previously during the tank inspection. tank.
These four level marks (90 degrees
apart) will now be used to check the 5. The difference between the two
level of the drive. observed dimensions (d1 minus d2)
must not exceed the tolerance
2. Only one arm is used to check if shown on the following chart. If the
drive is level. Rotate the drive and given tolerance is exceeded,
stop the arm at one of the level adjustment to the drive level should
points marked around the tank. be made.
Using a carpenter's level as an
extension from that arm to the tank
wall, make a second mark on the
wall. Repeat procedure rotating the
same arm to each of the four marks
on the tank.
LEVEL BENCH MARKS USE CARPENTER'S
(4) PLACES AROUND LEVEL TO REACH FROM
TANI< ARM TO TANI<
d1 d2
RAI<E ARM OR __ I
HEADER ,
REFERENCE MARI< REFERENCE MARI<

FROIv1 RAKE ARM FROM RAI<E ARM
These are shown as the "Reference

Marks" in the illustration.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL .

TANK DIAMETER TOLERANCE (d1 minus d2)
> 0' & ~ 50' DIA. 1/4"

> 50' & ~ 75' DIA. 3/8"
> 75' & ~ 100' DIA. 1/2"

> 100' & ~ 125' DIA. 5/8"
> 125' & ~ 150' DIA. 3/4"
> 150' & ~ 175' DIA. 7/8"
> 175' & ~ 200' DIA. 1"
> 200' & ~ 225' DIA. 1 1/8"
> 225' & ~ 250' DIA. 1 1/4"

> 250' & ~ 275' DIA. 1 3/8"
> 275' & ~ 300' DIA. 1 1/2"
> 300' & ~ 350' DIA. 1 5/8"

> 350' & ~ 400' DIA. 1 3/4"
Increases, It becomes increasingly

6. If shimming is necessary, use difficult to obtain an accurate
leveling bolts on drive unit. This adjustment.
procedure checks and adjusts
internal drive bearing level which is
9. Once leveling and grouting has been
not possible until this stage of
completed remove the sand bags
assembly work. Shim until level
and block arms up if necessary.
tolerances are achieved.
FINAL ARM ADJUSTMENT
7. In making a final adjustment, care
should be taken to tighten the drive
Now that the drive is level to the desired
mounting bolts equally. Uneven
tolerance, re-adjust both arms to sweep the
tightening may cause deformation of
tank identically.
the bearing races, causing shortened
bearing life.
Adjust one arm to sweep so that the center
of the blades clear the rough concrete tank
8. Maximum bearing life of the drive bottom by 3-1/2 inches or the finished floor
unit main bearing is dependent on by 1-1/2" if no grout will be used. Make this
proper leveling. Perfect final leveling adjustment by jacking the arm and
is not practical; however, it should be tightening (or loosening) the adjustment
as accurate as possible. As the studs at the cage. Rotate the opposite arm
diameter of the mechanism to the same location where the first arm
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FINAL ~HECK FOR LEVEL

was adjusted. Adjust the second arm to be

the same distance from the tank bottom as
the first.
A good way to do this is to place a pile of

sand in front of one arm and rake it level
with the mechanism. Then, rotate the
opposite arm to this same position and
adjust it to the raked sand pile.
If the cage and rake arms are galvanized,
permanently secure the arms by properly
shimming and tightening the rake arm to
cage connections.
If the cage and rake arms are to be painted,

permanently secure the arms by field
welding all top connections with weld plate
provided.* See welding figure.
* NOTE: Welding should only be done after

the machine is leveled, the tank grouted,
and squeegees installed and adjusted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TORQUE TEST PROCEDURES

The equipment will be tested to insure the test are in good condition (not by
structural and mechanical conformance WesTech).
with the torque requirements as outlined in
the equipment specifications. Field test will 3. Make sure that the anchors are
also include verification of torque box properly installed and adequately
settings such as the warning device and the sized for the loads indicated on the
drive cutout circuitry. Torque Test Diagram (not by
WesTech).
Torque will be applied to the mechanism by
securing the truss arm with cables 4. Limit the personnel inside the tank to
anchored to the tank floor (not by that necessary to perform the test.
WesTech) while manually rotating the drive
fan motor shaft. The load through the cable 5. Keep a safe distance from the rake
connection will be monitored with a arms while the test is in progress.
hydraulic load cell and gauge (by Do not stand in front of the leading
WesTech). side of the arms while they are
loaded during the test.
The cables should be anchored and
attached to the rake arm at a distance from 6. Do not exceed the maximum load
the centerline of the tank, as indicated on reading specified on the Torque Test
the Torque Test Diagram, whereby Diagram.
calculations can be made to determine the
torque values. 7. All personnel in the area of this
equipment during the torque test
The torque, indicated as a percentage by must be educated on these
the pointer on the drive unit torque box, precautiolJs prior to starting the test.
should be within plus or minus 10% of the
calculated values from the load cell
readings.
TEST WARNINGS:
Review the Torque Test Diagram for the
additional test procedures.
For the protection of personnel during the

torque test, the following precautions must
be taken:
1. Personnel entering the area of this

equipment must be equipped with
adequate safety equipment such as
safety glasses, safety shoes, and a
hard hat.
2. Check to insure that the cable slings

and other components to be used in
STEEL CABLE WITH CLAMPS
\ RACHET PULLER
LOWER RAK~~
~
ARM CHORD / DYNAMOMETER
I 1 ~~
. A
'"
.d
. .d",
'" '" Jt\ "
A
'"
~
APPROX.
I ELEVATION
~ NOTES:
1. RAKE ARM MuST BE SECURED AS SHOWN AT TWO OR MORE
8"~
I PANEL POINTS WITH LOAD MEASURING ASSEMBLY.
(1) 3/4" DIA. x 2. LOAD IS APPLIED BY THE RATCHET PULLER WHILE THE
EXPANSION ANCHOR MOTOR OUTPUT SHAFT is SECURED AGAiNST ROTATION.
(NOT BY WESTECH) 0""'"
I 3. 100% OF WORKING TORQUE (45,500 FT LBS) WILL
0 X
0
I 0:: REGISTER 1138 LBS ON THE DYNAMOMETER.
OCJ 0...
0... 4. DURING THE TORQUE TEST, THE LOAD INDiCATOR AT
«
~RAKEAR~ THE DRIVE HEAD WILL INDICATE TORQUE VALUES.
/\ DIAL % DYNOMETER ACTUAL TORQUE
~ / / _/
~K\
/ IX ~ ~RM 85% = 967 LBS = 38,675 FT LBS ALARM
1/ V I 1/ 1/ / ~-
~
100%
120%
=
=
1,138
1,365
LBS
LBS
=
=
45,500
54,600
FT
FT
LBS
LBS
CONTINUOUS
MOTOR CUT OUT
----------- ~
140% = 1,593 LBS = 63,700 FT LBS SHEAR PIN TORQUE
SPIRAL RAKE BLADE TORQUE TEST

PLAN VIEW °0'
DESCRIPTION
RAKE ARM 1100' DIA.

I' ""0" MODEL I SIZE TORQUE-2 0.0208 x 48
Ajlyl(
I?AjD/ 1/22/87\ R R I I NONE \ 8-07 I TH Ifl'911lD
0S DATE I STD. BY I STD.CHKD. ISTD.APPVD I SCALE I DATE I PROJ. BY IPROJ.CJ-!KD.IPROJ.APPVD
This drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt nor
~ possession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce. use, or disclose, in Whole or in port. do to contained
&. herein for any purpose, without the written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Salt Lake City, Utah
~
&,.
ORAWING NuMBER PROJECT NuMBER REV.
REViSION BY I CHKD I DATE LTR

WEsTECH T-1 20253A ~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
,TANK GROUTING PROCEDURES
GROUTING RESPONSIBILITY 3. Bolt the 1 x 4 screed board to the

inside of the rake blades. The
WesTech Engineering, Inc., is not bottom of the screed board
responsible for grouting the tank, should be set for an average
grouting specifications of material, depth grout thickness of 2 inches, which
or accuracy of placement. Grouting would place the board on most
procedures, specifications, and final mechanisms about 1-1/2 inches
approval of the grouted tank are solely below the bottom of the blades.
the responsibility of the user or the The grout thickness at all points
user's agent. should not be less than 1 inch to
avoid cracking.
This suggested procedure is offered
only as a guide to assist 'those GROUTING PROCEDURE
responsible for grouting.
WARNING: The torque control must be
PURPOSE FOR GROUTING connected before starting the grouting
with drive unit power. This is a
Grout is added to a tank bottom to protective device for the drive unit and
provide a bottom surface with controlled mechanism. Bypassing it directly to the
contour variation. Such variation, if not motor drive will void warranty.
specified on contract documents, is
usually intended to be +/- 1/4", and 1. Usually, grout of the following
allows setting rake arm blades, via proportions will be satisfactory: 3
adjustable squeegees, 0 to 1,/z". parts sand by weight, 1 part
Clearance of the adjusted squeegee to cement by weight and clear
local low spots may be allowed up to water, enough to permit
3/4". The clearance provided herein reasonable slump for case of
does not supersede contract documents equipment distribution (a bit
governing equipment installation. thicker than the consistency of
mortar). Do not use gravel.
SCREED BOARD CONSTRUCTION
2. Start a ring of grout, which can be
1. A 1 x 4 flexible board should be worked by a crew, usually 2'
used as the screed board for the wide, at the outer edge of the
rake blade. tank. This ring can be gradually
widened as it approaches the
2. To the 1 x 4 board that will be center of the tank, but in any
used for the screed, nail a strip of case, grout should not be allowed
bent sheet metal across the to build up in front of the screed.
bottom, as shown in the
illustration details. Note the Continue the outer ring in a spiraling
sheet metal for the screed pattern working towards the center of
surface on the bottom must be the tank. Cement finishers should work
straight and smooth. Nail only to just ahead of the screed arm to be
the sides of the boards. certain the grout is proper thickness to
cover the area and to prevent excessive"
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TANK GROUTING PROCEDU~ES

loads accumulating in front of the screed

board. Also, wet down the concrete
floor ahead of the grout to ensure a
good bond.
When a load of grout is placed in front of

a moving arm, it should be wide enough
for the cement finishers to work it at the
rate of arm travel. Never stand or put
weight on an arm during grouting.
Do not stop the mechanism once

grouting has started. Re-starting will
result in screed jerking and digging in
the grout. If an area to be grouted must
be missed, return to it later.
3. When grouting is complete, rotate

the mechanism two or three
times to pick up any grout that
may have sloughed toward the
center. If sloughing occurs, it will
be necessary to remove the
excess and fill in the low areas
with fresh grout.
Watch for rocks or dried pieces of grout

during this procedure, which may catch
under the screeds and gouge the
surface. Cement finishers working from
the arms can fill in the area left without
grout at the center of the tank.
Careful grouting should produce a

finished bottom that is uniform within a
+/- 1/4 inch of the specified depth.
4. Remove the screeds after the

grout has dried. Then install the
squeegees on the blades.
SCREED BOARD ON
BLADE c·
LEADING EDGE OF BLADE
0'
TANK
BLADE BRACE (/)1'
0,
fTl •
DIRECTION OF (/).
BENT SHEET METAL
\ROTATION N M"
O'
NAILED TO BOARD
N -I •
'-...: ».
z,
RAKE ARM DO NOT NAIL A.
IN THIS AREA
~~
0'
C·
-1-
Z -
0- ..
""U ..
;;0-
0-
0-
BENT SHEET METAL NAILED fTl·
o.
TO SCREED BOARD c w
;;0.
(SEE SECTION B) fTl.
(/).
PLAN VIEW
END OF SCREED BOARD SHOULD COME TANK WALL
AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TANK WALL.
1L1~
(J)
CHECK TO SEE IF BOARD CLEARS THRU C
COMPLETE REVOLUTION. CD
(J)
fTl
NOTE: SCREED BOARD ON ONE ARM ONLY FOR TANKS BELOW 50 FT. DIAMETER.
o
::::!
SCREED BOARD ON TWO ARMS FOR TANKS 50 FT. DIAMETER AND OVER. o
J z
VIEW A
WALL
""U
TANK BOTTOM »
BEFORE GROUTING o
fTl
ELEVATION
BOTTOM OF SCREED BOARD
"'--
TANK BOTTO" GROUTING SCREED BOARD OETAIL (sPIRAL BLADE)
7-99 lOOK I flO lOOK I NONE

OIA.
BOTTOM OF ARM
FOLLOW CURVATURE OF TANK BOTTOM AT A AU. Ca.aPOHEHTS MUST BE fA8RlCATEO AHO MACHlHEO ACCOROlHC to WESTEOi STAHO/oRO
5PEOACADOH (ORA~G P24Z-024A). UNU:SS sPEClFlCAU.Y HOIm (W 1'HIS ORA.G.
_ .... 11_', eI .olEO. DKlIICOINa, IlC. _w-:............... _
CONSTANT 2" DISTANCE BETWEEN SCREED BOARD ~
_ .... . . . .' _ .._lllttlwln. .

_ I I ..... _111_ Ito
........ c..-l• • • tr. . . . . .,rithll I.t.....- . ..... Of ~
~_'CSn:Ol~JC.SoIIt.aac:II
h ..... "' .. P*l, _II c.al-...s
.. Ul...
AND TANK BOTTOM.
".... G-201 l~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SURFACE TREATMENT

1. All ferrous metal items are

furnished with surface
preparation and painting as
shown on the coating submittal
data sheet found in the submittal.
2. The drive unit has received a

shop-applied TNEMEC
1074/8832 finish coat.
3. After completion of final leveling,

the contractor should complete
final painting of all steel members
in accordance with engineer's
specifications.
WARNING! Do not paint the drive unit.

The torque device has moving parts
which if painted will cause overload and
result in damage to the mechanism.
4. If final surface coating is by

WesTech, field touch-up will still
be required. Touch-up is not by
WesTech.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PIPING AND ELECTRICAL
E sTE: C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

1. Unless specifically mentioned in

this manual, all piping is by
others.
2. All wiring external to motors and

controls is by others.
3. Complete external wIrIng in

accordance with wiring diagram.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ESE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
ECH I
A T LI T
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document No. Dwg Quantity per Line
Drawing No. Rev
Description No. of Pages Weight
Order Rev
10125 EQUIPMENT & SPECIFICATIONS INDEX 1 0

10123 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION 5 34,088 2 0
10124 SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY 1 2 0
8989 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY 4 2
REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
B100 0 GENERAL NOTES 0
D101 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - TANK CUTAWAY VIEW 0
D102 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - ELEVATION VIEW 0
D103 0 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - PLAN VIEW 0
D104 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - CONCRETE TANK 0
D105 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS 0
0
0
0
0
SURFACE PREPARATION & PAINT:

AS PER "COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET(S) "
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS:
WASTOO01 D FIELD ERECTION REFERENCE TAG 0
P24Z-024A C WESTECH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0
A60B-001A D E FABRICATION AREA CLEANING REQUIREMENTS - GRADE "D" 0
0
11/29/07 AJR RRO \l. 1>& Assembly_ Description

trotal Weight 34088 Ibsl
-
Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd.
EQUIPMENT & SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
Date Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. Aprvd. Type Size
PARTS LIST INDEX PAGE COPC2 100' DIA

Document Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.
WEsTECH 10125 20253A INDEX a

QF-00-052 Pnnted by- RBRADY Pnnted on-December 27,2007 10:05 AM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
Item Part Number Dwg Electrical Line
No. Drawing Number Rev Description of Parts Location
Material Per Per Per
r Rev
Order Assv Orde
D110 0 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION- TANK CUTAWAY VIEW 0
D111 0 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION- PLAN VIEW 0
D112 0 MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS 0
D113 0 RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS 0
101 D120A 0 INNER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2) STL 5,460 2 4 0

D121 0 INNER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2) 0
107 D123A 0 OUTER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2) STL 3,588 2 4 0
D124 0 OUTER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2) 0
119 ~~~-------- WELD PLATE (PL 1/2 x 8 x 5) STL 96 8 16 0
120 C129A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (A 1) - INNER RAKE ARM STL 520 2 4 0
121 C130A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (B 1) - INNER RAKE ARM STL 636 2 4 0
122 C131 A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (C 1) -INNER RAKE ARM STL 492 2 4 0
125 C134A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (A 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 304 2 4 0
126 C135A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (B 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 376 2 4 0
127 C136A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (C 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 360 2 4 0
130 B139A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (INNER RAKEARM, INNER STL 64 2 4 0
132 B139 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (OUTER RAKEARM, INNER STL 64 2 4 0
135 B140 B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (INNER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 96 2 4 0
137 B140 D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (OUTER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 84 2 4 0
138 C141 A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (INNER RAKEARM, INNER STL 56 2 4 0
140 C141 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (OUTER RAKEARM, INNER STL 40 2 4 0
143 C142B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (INNER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 100 2 4 0
145 C142D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (OUTER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 76 2 4 0
146 C143A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (INNER RAKEARM, STL 36 2 4 0
147 C143 B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (INNER RAKEARM, STL 28 2 4 0
148 C143 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (OUTER RAKEARM, STL 28 2 4 0
149 C143 D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (OUTER RAKEARM, STL 20 2 4 0
153 C146A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER STL 124 2 4 0
154 C147 A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE (A) -INNER STL 68 2 4 0
155 C148A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE (B)- OUTER STL 68 2 4 0
156 D149A 0 CAGE TRUSS STL 2,568 1 2 0
157 B150A 0 CAGE BRACE STL 96 4 8 0
158 D151 A 0 CENTER COLUMN STL 6,254 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11/29/07 AJR R~o .\2-J)t$ trotal Waight 21702 this Page/lbsl
Assembly Description
COP CLARIFIER ERECTION
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST COPC2 100' DIA

Document Number Job Number PIL Page No. Rev.
WEsTECH 10123 20253A 1 0

QF-00-051 Prrnted by-ARASMUSSEN Prrnted on-December 26, 2007 4:22 PM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
No. o Drawing Number Rev Description of Parts ,. Location
Rev
Order Assv Order
205 D156A a PLATFORM STL 1,108 1 2 a
a
207 D158A a FEEDWELL SECTION (A) STL 4,504 4 8 a
212 C163A a FEEDWELL SUPPORT - LONG CHANNEL STL 824 4 8 a

223 D173A a SKIMMER SUPPORT STL 1,396 2 4 a
226 D175A a SKIMMER INTERMEDIATE MID-SUPPORT STL 568 2 4 a
228 C177 A a SKIMMER ARM STL 564 2 4 a
229 B178A a INNER SKIMMER BLADE STL 800 2 4 a
231 B180A a OUTER SKIMMER BLADE STL 768 2 4 a
232 B181 A a CLAMP PLATE (FOR SKIMMER BLADE) STL 16 2 4 a
233 B182A a HOOK PLATE (FOR SKIMMER BLADE) STL 12 2 4 a
a
235 SDSBX007 A B SCUM BOX (72 IN.) STL 1,450 1 2 a
237 C183A a SCUM BOX SUPPORT STL 364 2 4 a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
11/29/07 AJR 1::;;;;' );~~J C") l2.])& !rotal Weight 12374 this Page/lbsl
Assembly Description
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST COPC2 100'DIA

EsTEeM 10123
r
20253A 2 0
QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
r Rev
Order Assv Orde
330 D195A 0 FLOOR PLATE - 330 ALUM 1 2 0
331 D195 B 0 FLOOR PLATE - 331 ALUM 1 2 0
332 D195 C 0 FLOOR PLATE - 332 ALUM 1 2 0
333 D195 D 0 FLOOR PLATE - 333 ALUM 1 2 0
334 D195 F 0 REMOVABLE FLOOR PLATE - 334 ALUM 1 2 0
335 D195G 0 REMOVABLE FLOOR PLATE - 335 ALUM 1 2 0
338 ACL-00021 A B FLOOR CLIP ASSEMBLY (FOR PLATE) 316SS 22 44 0
340 PCP-00001 F A FLEX.COUPLING WI S.S.CLAMPS - 6 IN. FOR SCUM BOX PVC 1 2 0
345 D197 A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SQUEEGEE 304SS 52 104 0
346 D197 B 0 INNER SPIRAL BLADE END SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0
347 D197C 0 OUTER SPIRAL BLADE END SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0
348 D197D 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0
350 B199A 0 SKIM BLADE SPLICE SUPPORT STUSS 12 2 4 0
0
355 LIMIT SWITCH (SEE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST) 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11/29/07 AJR 1T'RO 'R.'i)~ Assembly Description trotal Weight 12 this Page/lbsl
Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. ProJ. Aprvd.

WEsTECH 10123 20253A 3 0

QF-00-051 Pnnted by-ARASMUSSEN Pnnted on-December 26, 2007 4:23 PM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
r Rev
Order Assy Orde
401 ---------. HOOK ANCHORS 11/2" x 18" 316SS 12 24 0
---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 1 1/2" 316SS 24 48 0
(CENTER COLUMN ANCHOR)
404 -----.---- EPOXY ANCHORS 5/8" X 7" 316SS 4 8 0

-------.-- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 4 8 0
(SCUMBOX SUPPORT ANCHOR)
431 --------- THRD.ROD 3/4 x 16 316SS 4 8 0

---------- (4)HEX NUTS 3/4 WI (2)FW 316SS 4 8 0
---------. LOCKWASHER, 3/4" 316SS 8 16 0
(FEEDWELL TO SPPT.BEAM) 0
435 ---------- THRD.ROD 1 x 12 316SS 8 16 0

-----.---- (4)HEX NUTS 1 WI (4)FW 316SS 8 16 0
---------- LOCKWASHER, 1" 316SS 32 64 0
(RAKE ARM TO CAGE) 0
437 ---------- THRD.ROD 1 x 8 1/2 316SS 8 16 0

----------- (4)HEX NUTS 1 WI (4)FW 316SS 8 16 0
---------- LOCKWASHER,1" 316SS 32 64 0
(RAKE ARM TO RAKE ARM) 0
438 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 1" X 4" 316SS 4 8 0

---------- HEX NUT W/2 FW 1" 316SS 4 8 0
---------- LOCKWASHER,1" 316SS 8 16 0
(LEVELING CAGE TO DRIVE) 0
".
447 ACL-00025-E B U-BOLT, STRUCTURAL, 1 1/2", W/4 N & 2 FW 316SS 30 60 0

--.------- LOCKWASHER, 1 1/2" 316SS 30 60 0
(SPIRAL BLADES TO SUPPORTS) 0
471 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8" X 1 114" 316SS 122 244 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/8" 316SS 122 244 0
(SQUEEGEE BOLTS) 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11/29/07 AJR 1~'r:~'() '/2-'D?" Assembly Description Irotar Weight this Page/lbsl

,.
EsTECH 10123 20253A 4 0
QF-00-051 Pnnted by-ARASMUSSEN Pnnted on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
No. Drawing Number Rev Description of ~arts Location
Order Assy Orde r Rev
512 -------.-- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 1 1/2" 316SS 128 256 0
.--------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 128 256 0
I
(SKIMMER BLADE TO SPPT) (8) I
(SPIRAL BLADE PIPE SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (16)

(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (8) 0
(SCUM BOX TO SUPPORT) (4) 0
(SCUM BOX TO BAFFLE) (4) 0
(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (8) 0
(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT TO BRACE) (8)
(SPIRAL BLADE SPLICE) (20)
(SLUDGE SCRAPER TO RAKE ARM) (4)
(SKIMMER ARM TO SPPT) (8)
(FEEDWELL SPLICE) (20)
(SKIM BLADE SPLICE SPPT TO BLADE) (8)
(OUTER SKIMMER BLADE TO SKIMMER SPPT) (4)
(SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (4)
(SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE TO SLUDGE SCRAPER) (4)
527 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 1 3/4" 316SS 6 12 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 6 12 0
(CLAMP PLATE TO SKIMMER BLADE) (4) 0
(CLAMP PLATE TO HOOK PLATE) (2)

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 36 72 0
(CAGE BRACE TO CAGE) (4)
(CAGE BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (4)
(RAKE ARM TO CAGE) (8)
(RAKE ARM TO RAKE ARM) (8)
(SKIMMER SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (12)

---------. HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 16 32 0
(FEEDWELL SUPPORT TO CAGE) 0
564 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 1 x 1 3/4 316SS 16 32 0

---------- FLAT WASHER, 1" 316SS 16 32 0
---------- LOCKWASHER, 1" 316SS 16 32 0
(CAGE TO DRIVE) 0

.--------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 11 22 0
(DRIVE TO COLUMN) 0
0
0
0
0
0
11/29/07 AJR RKO lZ-D(.2, Assembly Description !rotal Weight this Pagellbsl

,
ES ECH I
10123 20253A 5 0
QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12119103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty
Order Assv Orde r Rev
... C106 A SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY 1 4 0
02
03
04 SKXDT028-C B HINGED SKIMMER SUPPORT, 4" W/(2) 5/8" x 21/2" N,LW 304SS 1 4 0
05 SKXDT023-C 0 HINGED SKIMMER 304SS 1 4 0
06
07 SKXDT029-C C PIVOT YOKE, 4", W/(2) 5/8" x 21/2" N, LW 304SS 2 8 0
08 BCL-00004-Q 0 SET COLLAR, 2" WI SET SCREWS 304SS 2 8 0
09
10 0
11
12 0
13 0
14 0
15 SKXDT001-K B SKIMMER BLADE 6'-0" ALUM 1 4 0
16 SKXDT006-K A WIPER RETAINER - BOTTOM 6'-0" ALUM 1 4 0
17 SKXDT017-A 0 WIPER RETAINER - SIDE ALUM 2 8 0
18
19
20 SKXDT019-A 0 SUPPORT ARM CALUM 2 8 0
21 SKXDT020-A 0 PIVOT CALUM 2 8 0
22
23
24 ASP-00002A 0 SPRING, EXTENSION 304SS 1 4 0
25 A204 0 CLAMP, PIPE, 4", WI FASTENER 304SS 1 4 0
26
27
28 B201 0 WIPER - BOTTOM 6'-0" NEOP 1 4 0
29 B200 0 WIPER-SIDE NEOP 1 4 0
30 SKXDT016-B B WIPER - BAFFLE SIDE PVC 1 4 0
31
32
33
34
w~~w _ _ _ _ _ _
35 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8" X 1 1/4" 316SS 13 52 0

---.-----. HEX NUT W/LW 3/8" 316SS 13 52 0
(WIPERS)
38 ---.--.--- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 2 3/4" 316SS 2 8 0
---------- HEX NUT WI LW 5/8" 316SS 2 8 0
(PIVOTI PIVOT YOKE)
---------- HEX NUT W/LW 1/2" 316SS 2 8 0
(PIVOT/SUPPORT ARM)
---------- HEX NUT W/LW 1/2" 316SS 2 8 0
(BLADE/SUPPORT ARM)
47
48
49
50
11/29107 AJR RRO ~t)~ Assembly Description Irotal Weight this Page/lbsl
SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST 4" SINGLE 6'-0 WIDE

WEsTECH 10124 20253A 1 0

QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 27, 2007 8:48 AM 12/19/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ESEC H' AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
E I 11II
11II T-
N I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIELD SERVICE REQUEST
WesTech typically requires 2 to 3 weeks along, cable/chain and choker will be

notice to schedule field personnel for the required. WesTech is to supply the
torque test, installation certification, start-up load cell (see Torque Test Diagram
and training. Advise WesTech of in the O&M Manual).
acceptable dates for field service as soon
as possible. 5. Confirm proper wiring. This will
include the torque box and any
Verify all items are ready for inspection (all controls or switches.
start-up functions and tests can be
performed with temporary power except for 6. Conduct classroom and field
confirmation of proper wiring). If Any instruction for the facility personnel
requested changes in the scheduled flight and the Engineer. Instruction will
for a field service trip could result in include operation and maintenance
additional charges. of the equipment. This will take
approximately three to four hours.
Please schedule with WesTech
Our field service personnel are to perform and advise all necessary facility
the following: personnel and the Engineer
to attend this instruction.
1. Verification of drive unit rotation and
lubrication. These procedures are
described in the Installation and
Lubrication sections of the Operation
& Maintenance Manual.
2. Verification of "Final Check for

Check Level" of the drive unit. This
procedure is described in the
Installation Instructions and the
Installation section of the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Clarifier
must be dry run to verify that the unit
has been leveled per the tolerances
in the O&M Manual, before our
arrival on site.
3. Check general clearances and

alignments. This will include blade
clearances, column, cage and
feedwell concentricity.
4. Observation of the torque test as

described in the Installation section
of the Operation & Maintenance
Manual. Wedge anchor bolts, come-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY; INSTRUCTIONS

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT!!!
1. Only operators who have been

trained in safety procedures should
be allowed to work on or around this
equipment. Limit access to
authorized personnel.
2. To prevent personal inJury, the

mechanism and accessories must be
stopped before performing any
maintenance or adjustments.
Lockout power before performing
maintenance.
3. Exercise caution around moving

parts. Keep hands, clothing, etc.,
away from moving parts.
4. Place "Warning" signs in the area of

moving parts.
5. Never permit people who have been

drinking alcohol, using drugs, or are
otherwise impaired to maintain or
repair unit.
6. Inspect equipment frequently for

loose bolts or malfunctioning
equipment. Fix problems
immediately.
7. It is important that operator safety is

stressed. DO NOT perform
maintenance or repairs on moving
parts!
TABLE OF CONTENTS
START-UP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES

Before operating this unit, it is not be changed without consulting

suggested that the following instructions WesTech Engineering, Inc.
are read and understood. Proper
maintenance and operating procedure
will maximize the unit's efficiency and PRE -STARTUP INSTRUCTIONS
minimize the operational problems.
1. Determine the following:
PRINCIPLE
a. Clarifier application.
Influent and Effluent
b. Underflow solids
Various methods of introducing the feed concentration.
are used. Generally, the feed is diffused
through slots or ports located below the c. Solids concentration of
surface at the tank center, into a circular feed.
feedwell or baffle, or flows through a
pipe running from the side of the tank to d. Chemical properties of the
a circular feedwell from which it flows feed, i.e., alkaline, acid,
out radially towards the peripheral etc.
overflow weir. This machine utilizes a
center feed pipe discharging into the e. Expected overflow clarity.
feedwell.
f. If flocculant will be used,
The effluent is usually removed at the the type and expected
tank periphery. A sufficient detention dosage.
time is allowed to permit the solids in the
feed to settle during the time of flow 2. Be familiar with the piping,
from the influent to the point of effluent including:
collection. The effluent collection
scheme should be adjusted to a. Method offeeding.
continuously remove a uniform amount
of effluent per unit length of periphery b. Method of discharging
and to eliminate irregular flow at any overflow from tank.
one place. Any irregularity will cause a
convergence of flow at certain points, c. Method of discharging the
and the velocity at these points may be underflow.
high enough to carry fine solids with the
3. Be sure the mechanism is
effluent. lubricated in accordance with the
lubrication instructions.
RAKING MECHANISM
4. Recheck mechanism assembly
The raking mechanism at the tank
and performance during several
bottom collects the solids as they settle. revolutions of the arms with the
The rake blades push solids to the tank dry. Minor adjustments or
sludge trough for removal. The speed corrections should be made. If
of the raking mechanism has been set
major corrections are necessary,
for the particular machine and should
TABLE OF CONTENTS
START-UP AND OPERATING PRQCEDURES
contact WesTech Engineering installed correctly, it is ready for

Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah or our introduction of influent. Remember,
authorized representative. proper start-up and operation depends
on one major rule: Withdraw solids at
5. Be sure the overflow pumps and the same rate that they are fed into the
overflow pipes, launders, pumps, tank. Clarifiers are not designed as
or other facilities are in good storage units. Otherwise, accumulated
working order. solids will overflow the mechanism,
resulting in equipment shutdown.
START-UP
A complete check of the entire There are two common procedures to

mechanism should first be performed. It start-up the clarifier:
is suggested that arrangements be
made for a WesTech trained service 1. Fill the clarifier with clarified
representative to perform final effluent. Then start the
inspection before the tank is filled and mechanism and associated
the mechanism put into service. equipment, and begin introducing
normal influent. As the solids
The mechanism is now ready for start- start to settle, the underflow
up. Inspect the tank and mechanism concentration will begin to
path for any obstructions. Start the unit increase. At this time the sludge
while the tank is still empty and watch blanket should start to develop,
carefully for correct rotation and then rise. For reasonable clarifier
possible interferences. Check the performance, the blanket should
torque box alarm and shut down be at least as deep as the rake
settings for correct operation (settings arms at the tank center. A
are given on the drive drawings) by sludge-judge or something similar
pushing the hand plunger on the torque can help to locate the blanket
box. At the given percentage settings, level. Many plants will operate
first, an alarm situation should occur with the sludge blanket at an
(horn, and/or lights, etc.); then average of 3 to 4 feet in depth.
mechanism shutdown. Upon shutdown, This, of course, will fluctuate
the mechanism should not re-start until throughout the day as the flows
the operator has physically re-pushed increase and decrease.
the start button. If the unit does not
operate at the given settings, check the If the blanket does not develop
field wiring for correct installation. If it is within a few hours, the underflow
still incorrect, call WesTech. withdrawal rate is probably too
high. Slow down the sludge
When the torque box settings are withdrawal until the blanket starts
correct, allow the mechanism to to appear.
continue to run for several revolutions.
This will allow operators the advantage If the sludge blanket appears, but
of observing the mechanism and all of the depth continues to increase,
the components in operation. As soon then the sludge withdrawal rate
as it is verifie~ that the unit has been must also. be increased until a
TABLE OF CONTENTS
START-UP AN,D OPERATING PROCEDURES

steady state is achieved. At this requirements and to determine

steady state, the underflow solids necessary adjustments.
mass should be equivalent to the
incoming solids mass. If the LOG ALL READINGS AND
sludge blanket continues to rise OBSERVATIONS
even at maximum sludge DEWATERING / SHUTDOWN
withdrawal rates, then the influent
feed rate must be decreased. Approximately once a year, the clarifier
Generally, clarifiers are should be taken out of service and
conservatively designed, making dewatered. This gives plant personnel
this case unlikely. an opportunity to inspect all parts of the
mechanism, perform adjustments and
Should it be impossible to fill the maintenance to submerged
tank with clear water or if the components, touch-up paint, etc.. If you
dilute underflow will upset other anticipate that the clarifier will be out of
portions of the process, then the service for an extended period, please
next procedure is possible. refer to long-term storage and shutdown
procedures elsewhere in this manual.
2. Have the mechanism turning There are two common clarifier
while filling the clarifier with dewatering procedures:
regular influent. As soon as the
sludge withdrawal system is able 1. Shut off feed to the clarifier. Use
to provide withdrawal, check the the sludge withdrawal system
rate calculated from expected and/or floor drain(s) (if present) to
underflow concentrations and completely drain the clarifier tank.
influent solids loading. While the The mechanism should be
clarifier is running, start allowed to rotate while the tank is
monitoring the sludge blanket being drained. This will ensure
depth and the underflow solids that very little sludge remains
concentration. Let the blanket behind on the clarifier floor when
depth and the underflow solids the liquid is gone, and less floor
concentration build to the range cleanup will be required.
as described in Procedure 1. As
soon as possible, bring the As the liquid level drops in the
process into balance by having tank, carefully watch the
the underflow solids withdrawal mechanism torque indicator. The
rate (dry solids Ibs/hour) equal to clarifier mechanism is designed
the influent solids loading rate to be balanced when submerged.
(dry solids Ibs/hour). In some clarifiers, the mechanism
can tip slightly as skimmers, rake
It may take a period of time for arms, etc. become unsubmerged.
good results to show. Allow the This may cause the rake blades
system to stabilize between on one arm to start dragging
adjustments. Note that sampling slightly on the floor. If the torque
should be done as often as indicator shows a sudden jump in
necessary to maintain the quality torque as the tank is draining, it is
probably being caused by an
TABLE OF CONTENTS
START-UP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
unbalanced condition. In this When additional pumps and/or

case, the mechanism should be hoses are introduced into the
shut down. tank, the mechanism must be
shut off.
When the tank is completely
drained, a high-pressure hose Observe the same cautions and
may be used to wash any methods as outlined in Procedure 1 to
remaining sludge from the floor complete the tank dewatering.
into the sludge pit / drain. The
mechanism should also be
sprayed clean to aid in
inspection.
CAUTION: If a small amount of liquid is

allowed to remain in the tank, it may
cover the sludge pit or other drains in
the clarifier floor. Personnel working in
the tank should be very careful to first
locate and mark any obscured sludge
pits or drains to avoid injury from
accidentally falling or stepping in them.
2. If the clarifier needs to be

dewatered more quickly than the
sludge withdrawal system and/or
drain(s) can accommodate,
temporary additional pumps may
be used to speed up the tank
draining. However, any pumps or
hoses lowered into the tank will
require that the mechanism be
turned off.
Again, the feed to the clarifier

should first be shut off. If
possible, use the sludge
withdrawal system alone to begin
dewatering the tank. This will
allow the mechanism to remain in
operation and continue to move
settled sludge to the outlet. If
possible, allow the mechanism
and sludge withdrawal system to
remove most of the sludge
blanket from the tank, if possible,
before using Cildditional pumps.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COLD, WEATHER OPERATION
During cold and wet weather conditions the top of the scum box. The assembly
extra precaution needs to be taken to may also be removed altogether.
ensure that damage does not occur to
the equipment. When reinstalling, consult the Skimmer
Assembly drawing. Be sure that the blade will
These precautions should be not catch the front edge of the scum box ramp
followed when extreme weather (i.e. and is parallel with the scum box opening.
freezing rain, temperature below
32°F/O°C) is expected. Several severe weather features can be
included with your equipment. These include:
CAUTION: Do not operate the
equipment if ice forms and builds up on Condensate heaters in the torque box
the inside of the tank wall. The alarm and control panels.
and motor cut-out settings are not set to Slip clutch couplings in the drive train.
protect the skimming equipment, nor the Drive unit housing coverage.
mechanism in the event of continuously Local electric control panels with alarm
high torque conditions. lights, horns, relays, lights, and reset
buttons.
TORQUE CONTROL
These items mayor may not have been
The torque control weekly maintenance included with your order. They can be
schedule should be followed on a daily purchased direct through WesTech if desired.
basis during extreme weather. (See When considering these items, it is important
TORQUE CONTROL MAINTENANCE.) to recognize that non-functioning torque
This should help ensure that no protection causing damaged equipment can be
mechanical items in the box have a result of extreme weather, forcing
frozen. If freezing occurs inside the unnecessary shut downs. If extreme weather
torque box, there is no overload is expected, WesTech highly recommends the
protection for the equipment. above procedures.
In addition, check daily for ice build-up

on and around the drive/torque box unit
and remove as necessary. Daily
lubricate the plunger with WD-40.
A condensate heater in the torque box

and/or covering the drive can help
protect against possible damage
resulting from freezing rain.
SKIMMER ASSEMBLY
The skimmer assembly should be taken

out of service during freezing conditions.
This can be done by rotating the pivot
yoke(s), allowing the blade(s) to clear
TABLE OF CONTENTS
,STORAGE AND SHUTDOWN PRECAUTIONS i

To shut down the clarifier, stop flow to At least once a month, re-Iubricate all
the unit and lock out power to drive. If items that are grease lubricated and
the conveyor is to be inoperative for a grease exterior surfaces of all seals.
prolonged period of time, operate Inspect all of the equipment for signs of
conveyor until cleared of all material and corrosion and take corrective steps as
open drain valve to drain unit of all required.
liquid. This is particularly important
when the material conveyed tends to LONG TERM STORAGE OR SHUTDOWN
harden or become more viscous, or (Over 120 days)
sticky if allowed to stand for a period of
time. In addition to those steps shown under
"Short Term", the following steps should
Check that all valves and drains are be taken whether storage is indoors or
tightly closed and that the drive is outdoors:
operating normally.
Periodic checks, frequency dependent
STORING BEFORE INSTALLATION upon ambient conditions, must be made
of painted surfaces for deterioration of
It is preferable to store mechanical and paint. Wide variations in ambient
electrical items indoors in a dry, well- temperatures are conducive to
ventilated enclosure with a temperature condensation with its resultant oxidation.
as constant as possible. The equipment Steps should be taken to protect the
should also be adequately supported to affected surfaces. Bitumastic coatings
prevent distortion and undue stresses. tend to become brittle and to chip.
It should be at least six inches off the Increasing ventilation and reducing
floor. humidity are frequently required. Where
equipment is well covered and
The following instructions also apply if protected, inspection doors, covers, etc.
there is to be a period of time between should be blocked open slightly to
installation and start-up or between increase ventilation. Relatively small
start-up and the equipment going on areas and shafts can be coated with a
stream. These steps are required to waterproof grease or rust inhibitor.
protect against corrosion and assure
operating condition.
Whether stored indoors or outdoors, the

following steps should be taken:
SHORT TERM STORAGE OR SHUTDOWN

(From 30 to 120 days)
Cover with a tarpaulin that allows

adequate ventilation, drainage, and
inspection access in an area protected
against wind, direct sunlight, rain, and
snow.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Emergency conditions may be defined TROUBLESHOOTING:

as those situations which would
drastically interfere with the operation of 1. THE OVERLOAD ALARM
the mechanism and which would require SOUNDS OR THE DRIVE
immediate remedial measures. MOTOR STOPS:
Emergency operating procedures for the
equipment covered by this manual must a. This condition is probably due to
necessarily be coordinated with the an excessive accumulation of
master plan for the whole treatment solids in the bottom of the tank
plant. It will depend on the degree of resulting from the sludge being
automation which has been provided, discharged at an average rate
the availability of the bypass of less than the rate of introduction
alternative treatment systems, and the of solids with the feed. An
priority attached to maintaining flow. adjustment must be made in the
rate of feed introduction.
External emergencies such as a power Immediately bypass the feed and
failure, flow surges exceeding design open the underflow line to
conditions, or failure of part of the eliminate the accumulation of
treatment systems are conditions which solids. Allow the mechanism to
should be treated in the master plan. continue to operate, if possible. If
the overload is so heavy that the
Internal emergencies within the unit will cutout switch continues to stop
be indicated if the overload alarm the machine, it will be necessary
sounds or the drive motor stops. to drain the tank and sluice out
the solids.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:
b. Interference with rake arm
1. Immediately bypass the feed and operation may also be caused by
open the sludge discharge line to a foreign object (Le. rocks, tools,
drain off any accumulation of etc.) being dropped into the tank.
sludge. Stop the mechanism and see if
the object can be removed. (This
2. If possible, allow the mechanism may have to be done by means
to continue running as long as of grappling hooks or "fishing the
there is no build-up of indicated object out"). If not successful
torque. This could result in an within a short time, it will be
elimination of accumulated necessary to cut off the influent to
sludge. prevent too great an
accumulation of sludge. If the
3. If the overload is so heavy that object cannot be removed with
the cut-out switch continues to the tank filled, it will be necessary
stop the mechanism, it will be to drain the tank and remove it
necessary to drain the tank and before operating the mechanism.
sluice out the sludge. Check the rake arms for any
damage or deformation before
resuming operations.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EMERGENCY PRqCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
c. A rake arm may be dragging on

the bottom of the tank. This is 5. PARTICULATE IS BEING
caused by the arm being out of CARRIED OUT WITH THE
correct alignment or possibly a EFFLUENT:
connection has failed. To
remedy, the tank must be drained This condition is due to
and the arm adjusted or re- misalignment of the weir. Re-
attached. adjust weirs so the water level is
just above the V-notches. This
d. A skimmer arm (if supplied), may will provide proper effluent flow
.be dragging on the tank wall. without the removal of fine solids.
The arm must be adjusted to
allow unrestricted movement. 6. THE SCUM BOX BECOMES
PLUGGED:
2. THE UNDERFLOW (SOLIDS
DISCHARGE) LINE BECOMES This condition is a result of scum
PLUGGED: and debris building up in the
scum box discharge line. To
a. This condition is a result of the clear the line, back flush with high
underflow being allowed to pressure water. It is good
become too thick. To clear the practice to keep the cross bars
line, back flush with high free of scum buildup and debris
pressure water until the line is to prevent this problem.
cleared.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONTINUE
b. This condition may also be RUNNING THE MECHANISM WHEN
caused by a foreign object getting AN OVERLOAD CONDITION IS
into the line to cause the INDICATED; IDENTIFY THE TROUBLE
plugging. Use the same remedy AND RESOLVE IT!
given in Item 1b above. In any
event, the source of trouble must DO NOT START UP THE MECHANISM
be located and corrected before WITH A LOAD OF SLUDGE IN THE
starting the mechanism again. TANK.
3. PROBLEM WITH THE SPEED DO NOT TAMPER WITH THE

REDUCER: OVERLOAD ALARM SWITCH
ADJUSTMENTS IN AN ATTEMPT TO
See the speed reducer operation KEEP THE MACHINE RUNNING
and maintenance manual in the UNDER OVERLOADED CONDITIONS.
DRIVE section. SUCH TAMPERING WILL VOID THE
WARRANTY.
4. THE DRIVE UNIT BEGINS TO
OPERATE NOISILY:
See the drive unit operation and

maintenance manual in the
DRIVE section.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11 11II
11II
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
WEsTECH'--"AN-'-:"'E=.!!M"-!..P..=:LO"'-'Yc..=E=-E-"'-OW"-'-N'-'-'E=--=D:...>:C=O':"':MP'-:'-A=N'-'-:Y - __- - - - --'-

INTRODUCTION Keep a record of all claims and

correspondence (photographs are
Thoroughly read and familiarize yourself recommended) .
with the instructions in this manual
before the drive unit is installed, If the drive unit is not to be installed
adjusted, or operated. The drive unit, immediately, refer to the storage
including the accessory equipment instructions under 'Storage and Paint
furnished but not built by WesTech, Durability' below.
must be stored, installed, operated, and
maintained according to these
instructions to ensure long stable
equipment life and complete warranty
coverage.
The instructions in this manual are

based on information available at the
time of issuance of this manual.
WesTech reserves the right to make
subsequent changes to the manual
without obligation to update existing
copies.
RECEIVING AND INSPECTION
The drive unit has been thoroughly

checked and inspected before shipment.
Nevertheless, before accepting
shipment, check all the items against
the packing list for shortages and
inspect for evidence of physical
damage. In either case, notify the
carrier by making notes on the shipping
papers and also immediately notify the
WesTech project manager.
Inspect painted surfaces for damage.

WesTech assumes no responsibility for
field touch-up or damage, which occurs
to painted surfaces in shipping.
Purchasers are invited to inspect the
paint on the drive unit in WesTech's
shops for proper preparation and
application prior to shipment. Field
painting of fasteners and other touch-up
to painted surfaces will be by the
purchaser.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
W EsTE C H '-"AN-'-'E=M"'-P-=LO"'-'yc=E=-E=OW'--"N'-'-'E=D:....=C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-y ~ _
FIELD CHARGES AND Before any re-work is started, the

MODIFICATIONS installer must obtain a WesTech
warranty tracking number, which
WesTech does not anticipate problems must include a cost limitation.
with the installation of the drive unit. WesTech policy dictates that no field
However, due to the nature of fabricated charges will be paid without prior
steel, a certain amount of minor fit-up approval by WesTech and a warranty
and adapting work may be required of tracking number.
the installer. Such work is a normal part
of installation work, especially with The warranty tracking number will be
replacement retrofit drives. issued when the extent of such
modifications and the price for
The American Institute of Steel performing these modifications have
Construction ASD, Ninth Edition, or been agreed upon. In general, when
LRFD, First Edition, parts require replacement, and
WesTech agrees that replacement is
"Code of Standard Practice" applies to necessary, WesTech will furnish the
erection of this equipment. It reads as parts. The contractor will remove the
follows: defective parts and install the
replacement parts at a cost agreed upon
"7.12. Corrections and Errors by both parties.
Normal erection operations
include the correction of minor
misfits by moderate amounts of
reaming, chipping, welding or
cutting, and the drawing of
elements into line through the
use of drift pins. Errors which
cannot be corrected by the
foregoing means or which require
major changes in member
configuration are reported
immediately to the owner and
fabricator by the erector, to
enable whoever is responsible
either to correct the error or to
approve the most efficient and
economic method of correction to
be used by others."
The installer should inform WesTech

immediately of any problems due to
fabrication or engineering error, which
can't be corrected by minor fit-up and
adaptive ·work.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
WEsTE C H '-"AN'"'-'E=M'-"-P..:=;LO"'-'Y'-'=E=E.=OW
.....N=E=D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA=N'-'-Y _
STORAGE AND PAINT DURABILITY

C. Lubricate the drive with proper
Pre-Installation Storage: lubricants as shown on the
Lubrication Tags drawing.
If the drive unit will be stored or out of
use for more than 30 days, the following D. On a weekly basis, run the drive
procedures must be followed in order to for a minimum of one (1) hour by
protect against corrosion and maintain connecting temporary power in
the warranty. order to coat all the gear and
bearing surfaces with oil (for oil
A. If possible, store the drive unit lubricated drives) or grease (for
indoors on a level surface in a grease lubricated drives). The
dry, well-ventilated place with a condensate must be drained at
relatively constant temperature. least weekly from the oil drain
The drive should be adequately valve (for oil lubricated drives).
supported to prevent distortion of Make sure the weep holes are
the main gear housing. The drive clear for condensate to drain
should be at least six inches off freely (for grease lubricated
the floor. drives). Perform a megger test of
the motor windings when the
B. If the drive unit must be stored drive unit is received and prior to
outdoors: startup. Prior to the megger
testing, disconnect any sensitive
1. Store the drive unit in an area electronic equipment such as
that is out of the way of VFDs or motor controllers.
moving equipment. Cover the
drive unit with a tarpaulin that E. Inspect painted surfaces for
allows adequate ventilation, damage. Apply a suitable
drainage and inspection protective coating to damaged
access. Place the unit in an paint areas.
area protected from wind,
direct sunlight, rain, and F. For storage instructions for the
snow. motor, reducer or other
accessory equipment, refer to the
(Note: Plastic covers should respective manufacturer's
not be used since they tend to instructions in the 'Accessory
trap condensation.) Equipment' section of this
manual.
2. Make sure the threaded holes
in the terminal boxes of the Storage After Drive Has Been Installed
motor are taped closed. If the or in Operation:
motor is equipped with a
heater, temporary power If the drive unit is to be shut down and
should be connected to the remain out of operation for a period
heater so the motor longer than 30 days, the following
temperature remains fairly instructions must be followed.
constant.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
WEsTE C H A,-"N" :-,E=M",- P-,=-,LO~Y-=.E =-O, ,-,W,-, -,N=E,-,=,D~C=OM,-, -"P,-,-A", -,N-,-Y _

A. Shut off electricity to the drive LUBRICATION WARNING

motor except for heaters (if
provided). Do not operate the drive unit, including
the motor and reducer, without proper
B. Follow steps C-F under "Pre- lubrication. For lubrication instructions,
Installation Storage" section in refer to "Drive Lubrication" in the
this manual. 'MAINTENANCE' section of this manual.
C. Perform a megger test of the Failure to observe this warning will

motor windings when the drive void the drive warranty.
unit is taken out of operation and
prior to putting back in operation.
Prior to megger testing,
disconnect any sensitive
electronic equipment such as
VFDs or motor controllers. The
minimum reading should be 1
(one) mega ohm for motors rated
for 600 volts and less. Any drop
below this point necessitates
electrical or mechanical drying of
motor windings.
SANDBLASTING WARNING
The WesTech drive unit (including the

motor and reducer) must be fully
covered or sealed off to protect against
sand and dust when sandblasting is
being done in the vicinity.
All external openings and areas

between the housing, gear hub, and
drive cover must be covered or taped
closed. After sandblasting and before
start-up, check a sample of the oil to
make sure that sand has not penetrated
the drive and contaminated the oil.
Samples can be taken through the drain
valves. If sand is present in the oil,
drain completely and re-fill with quantity
listed on the lube tag.
Failure to observe this warning will

void the drive warranty.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE OWNED COMPANY

TORQUE CONTROL SETTINGS MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION

WARNING WARNING
Do not alter the factory-set positions of To prevent personal injury, only trained
the torque limit switch actuators in the employees should be allowed to work
torque box. This can cause serious on or around the drive. Lock out all
damage to the drive and rake electrical power before performing
mechanism. The 4-20 mA transmitter maintenance on any moving part of the
signal (if provided) should not be used drive. Employees entering the drive
for alarm and motor cutout as it does not areas should wear adequate safety
correspond precisely with the drive equipment such as safety glasses,
torque control device cams and limit safety shoes, hard hats, etc.
switches. These are set and calibrated
in WesTech's manufacturing shops. The Keep hands, clothing, etc. away from
4-20 mA transmitter (if provided) is to be moving parts. Inspect equipment on a
used only for remote monitoring. Over weekly basis for any irregularities. Take
torque cutout requires manual restart, or care of these in a timely manner.
reset of a latched cutout circuit that
prevents auto restart of units with the Manually test the limit switches on the
motor. Units with hand/off/auto selector torque control device on a weekly basis
switches must be checked to insure to make sure the controls are working
proper torque protection when set in properly. This can be done by pressing
auto and hand modes. Contact the the rod covered by a red rubber cap on
WesTech project manager if the torque the outside of the box. (Refer to the
control setting needs to be changed. Torque Control Device drawing 7-8222
81.)
Rotating drive parts and cage may
destroy electrical conduit if installed too If the clarifier or thickener has stopped
close to the drive unit. Over torque due to high torque, do not open the
cutout requires manual restart, or reset torque control device. Energy is stored
of a latched cutout circuit that prevents in the drive train and torque control
auto restart of the motor. spring. The stored energy should be
released prior to undertaking any
Failure to observe this warning will maintenance or repair. (Refer to 'Drive
void the drive warranty. Unit Troubleshooting' section in this
manual.)
Failure to observe this warning will

void the drive warranty.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I L
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION
WE STE COPERATION
H <--"AN..'-'E=M"-'-P.=LO:<..-'Y'-'=E=-E=OW"-'-N'-'-'E=D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-Y
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
_
LIFTING THE DRIVE UNIT Connect the drive motor for proper
direction of rotation as shown on the
Lift the drive unit using the lifting lugs General Arrangement I Drive
provided in the drive base. Keep the Assembly drawings. (Refer to drive
drive unit as level as possible during rotation direction arrow sticker
lifting. Spreader bars may be necessary placed on the drive.) WesTech will
to keep the lifting cables from touching not accept responsibility for any
other parts of the unit as this may cause damage caused by the drive rotating
damage. Any lifting lugs on individual in the wrong direction. On multi-
components (motor, reducer, etc.) are pinion drives, be sure all motors are
for lifting those components only during connected to rotate in the same
assembly or disassembly and are NOT direction. This is done by removing
for lifting the entire drive. all motors and confirming they all
rotate in the same direction. Severe
DRIVE UNIT INSTALLATION damage to the drive will result if all
motors do not run in the same
Make sure both mounting surfaces are direction.
clean and free from foreign debris.
Place the drive unit on the walkway Connect the motor alarm and cutout
frame (shaft drive) or the center column limit switches in the torque control
(cage drive). The drive should be . device (see the suggested electrical
loosely fastened to the walkway or schematic or WesTech panel wiring
center column. diagram). The torque transmitter (if
provided) must be calibrated to
The final check for level will be correspond with the visual torque
completed after all the items designed to indicator scale. Refer to the procedure
hang from the drive are attached. in this manual for calibrating the torque
(Refer to the 'Final Check for Level' transmitter (if provided). Refer to
section of the ClarifierlThickener General Arrangement drawings for
Equipment Installation Manual and the alarm and motor cutout torque values.
Shimming Procedure drawing). Manually check to make sure that the
alarm and motor cut out switches
Lubricate the drive unit according to the function properly at the torque values
instructions under 'Drive Lubrication' in specified on the General Arrangement
the 'MAINTENANCE' section of this drawings. This is done by pressing the
manual. The accessory equipment rod that is covered by a red rubber cap
(motor, reducer, etc.) should be on the outside of the torque box. (Refer
lubricated according to the respective to the Torque Control Device drawing 7-
manufacturer's instructions (See the 822281).
'Accessory Equipment' section of this
manual).
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION

WELDING WARNING Check the alarm switch and motor

cutout switch wiring by pressing the rod
If field welding is required after the drive that is covered by a red rubber cap on
is installed, DO NOT allow current to the outside of the torque box. (Refer to
pass through the precision bearing balls. the Torque Control Device drawing 7-
This will result in sparking between 8222 B1). An alarm should sound and
bearing balls and bearing races and will the motor should shut off when these
destroy the precision bearing assembly. switches are activated. A latching relay
DO NOT WELD ON THE DRIVE UNIT that is manually reset must be used in
ITSELF. Attach the welding ground the control wiring to prevent the
directly to the part to be welded. mechanism (clarifier, thickener, etc.)
from relaxing and overloading itself
Failure to observe this warning will several times without resolving the
void the drive warranty. cause for overload.
STARTUP
Before starting the drive, make sure the

tank and mechanism path are free from
any debris and obstructions. Check
drive and accessory equipment for
proper lubrication. Perform a test on the
motor windings to make sure there is no
electrical current leakage between the
windings. Disconnect any sensitive
electronic equipment before performing
megger test. Watch for correct rotation
of the mechanism and any interference.
For drives with a lift, the lifting

mechanism should raise the rake arms
at the preset torque. When the lifting
device is used, check clearances in the
up and down positions of the rake arms.
Observe the drive and other

mechanisms for proper and
unobstructed operation. The tank is
now ready for the influent. A gradual
increase in the indicated torque is
normal as influent is being introduced.
Any irregular or jerking motion in the
operation of the rake arms must be
immediately investigated and remedied.
A minor amount of 'swing' is normal for
operation in an empty tank.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE
WEsTE C H A'-"N..:....:E=M"-'-P=LO"-'Y-=EE==-O=.:W:...:..:N=E=O-""C=OM=P'-'-A.:.:...:N...:....y
_
DRIVE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY so normal pumping is recommended.

All other points are rotating so slow that
Refer to the enclosed Assembly grease should be applied slowly. One
Diagram and 'Drive Assembly ounce is approximately 5 shots from a
Procedures' in the event disassembly of grease gun. Since gun sizes vary, the
the drive is required for maintenance operator should determine the number
purposes. of shots of grease per ounce for his
grease gun. Therefore, when 2 oz. are
The main gear and bearings were called for weekly or monthly, one slow
packed with grease at the WesTech pump should be applied per one tenth of
manufacturing shop before shipment. a revolution. This is roughly 1 slow shot
For proper lubrication, fresh grease, every 2 minutes which would result in
which is compatible with the grease the uniform distribution of grease around
already used by the WesTech the main gear bearing rather than cause
manufacturing shop, must be added in the grease to puddle up at one point on
quantities shown on the Lubrication the pinion face.
Tags drawing and lubrication plate.
Grease shall be applied at twice the Note: Some motors require grease
frequency as shown on the Lubrication (See LUBETAG drawing for quantity
Tags drawing for the first 500 operating and frequency). Motors which require
hours so that grease used during wear- grease are normally done yearly. Most
in is replaced. The lubrication tag small HP motors have bearings that are
attached to the drive by the WesTech sealed for life and do not require
shop indicates the type of grease used lubrication. DO NOT use the same
so that the plant can procure compatible grease for the motor as used on the
grease. drive gears and bearings.
The application of grease is to be done

as follows: Lube point #1 is rotating fast
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE
WEsTE C H =AN",-=E=M,--"PL=-OY,-,=E=-EO=W=N=ED"--'C=O=MP'--'-'A"-'-.NY'---
_
RECOMMENDED GREASE I GEARS AND DRIVE BEARINGS
NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2
SHELL OIL CO. Alvania #2
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilux EP #2
EXXON CO. Beacon #2
GULF OIL CORP. Gulfcrown #2
AMERICAN OIL CO. Amolith #2
CHEVRON Dura-Lith Grease EP #2
RECOMMENDED GREASE I MOTORS

MOBIL OIL CO. Polyrex EM
EXXON CO. Polyrex EM
TEXACO Polystar
CHEVRON SRI
RYKON Premium #2
PENNZOIL Pen 2 Lube
RECOMMENDED FOOD GRADE GREASE I GEARS & DRIVE BEARINGS
AMBIENT 5° Fto 140° F

NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2
SHELL OIL CO. Shell Grease FM 2
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil FM 102 EP
CHEVRON FM Grease EP
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE
W EsTE C H =AN-,- ,E:.!.!M!.!-PL~O,- ,-Y= E =- "O=W=N.!:.!ED~C~O=M, -!PA=N,-,- Y

_
Recommended Oil - Torgue Box
Use alight spray oil like WD-40 or Anti-Seize.

RECOMMENDED GEAR OILS
AMBIENT 14° F to 41° F 32° F to 95° F 32° F to 140° F

TEMPERATURE (-10° C to 5° C) (0° C to 35° C) (0° C to 60° C)
Viscosity Grade AGMA4 EP AGMA5 EP AGMA6 EP

or or or
ISO 150 ISO 220 ISO 320
MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT LUBRICANT LUBRICANT
EXXON CO. Spartan EP 150 Spartan EP 220 Spartan EP 320
B.P. OIL CO. Energol GR-XP 150 Energol GR-XP 220 Energol GR-XP 320
GULF OIL CORP. EP Lubricant HD 150 EP Lubricant HD 220 EP Lubricant HD 320
LUBRICATION ENGR. Almasol604 Almasol607 Almasol605
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil 600 XP 150 Mobil 600 XP 220 Mobil 600 XP 320
SHELL OIL CO. Omala Oil Co. 150 Omala Oil Co. 220 Omala Oil Co. 320
EQUIVALENT SYNTHETIC GEAR OILS

ISO Viscosity Grade 320
LUBRICATION ENGR. INC. Monolec 9320
MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilgear SHC630
AMSOIL SGM
and recommendations from local

It is WesTech's experience that providers.
synthetic oil performs better and lasts
longer than regular oil. Synthetic oil has
the following advantages: it separates WARNING:
more easily from water, has a stronger
boundary layer resulting in better DO NOT MIX MINERAL GEAR OIL
lubrication, and generally has a longer WITH SYNTHETIC OIL WITHOUT
service life. It is recommended that the CONSULTING WITH THE OIL
customer change the mineral gear oil SUPPLIER. THIS MAY ADVERSELY
yearly (after the initial 500 hour run-in AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OF
period) or get it analyzed by an THE LUBRICANT FOR SOME
independent laboratory for extended COMBINATIONS OF MINERAL AND
service intervals. SYNTHETIC OIL. DAMAGE TO DRIVE
COMPONENTS MAY RESULT FROM
Synthetic oil may be used for three to NON-COMPATIBLE OILS.
five years based on yearly lab analysis
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE
WEsTE C H '-"AN-'::'E""'M"-'-P-=:LO"'-'Yc.=E=..E-"'-OW"-"-'-'-'NE:>:O'-"C=O=M'--'-PA=N'-'-y_ _----::-::--

_
YEARLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE DRIVE TORQUE CONTROL

OVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICE
Shutdown and lockout power to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
drive unit. Check and re-tighten all
exposed fasteners of the drive. (For Apply spray oil (WD-40 or equal) to the
torque values of the fasteners, refer to torque box plunger weekly. Check the
the 'Drive Assembly Procedures' plunger for smooth movement. The
drawing). torque control weekly maintenance
schedule should be followed daily when
Oil samples shall be sent to a lab for oil temperatures are below freezing. This
analysis. Replenishment of oil in the will help ensure that no mechanical
drive shall be based upon the results of items in the box have frozen. If freezing
oil analysis. occurs inside the torque box, there is no
overload protection for the equipment. In
WEEKLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE addition, check daily for ice build-up on
and around the drive/torque box unit
Lubrication instructions and and remove as necessary. Using a
recommended lubricants (oil and condensate heater in the torque box
grease) as specified are to be followed. and/or covering the drive can help
This will provide long life and trouble- protect against possible damage
free operation of the drive unit. resulting from freezing rain. For
additional information on the torque
Check the drive unit oil level weekly. control device, refer to drawing 7-8222
The oil level should be at the middle of B1.
the sight glass. Replenish oil as
required. Refer to the section on
LUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCE
AND PARTS category of this manual.
If oil is noticeably discolored, it should

be drained and filtered through a fine-
mesh cloth. Any sediment or con-
taminants should be measured and
recorded to preclude future
contamination. Some discoloration will
occur due to normal dissolving of grease
by contact with oil. Change the oil if
necessary.
Check drive unit for accumulated

condensation at least weekly and in high
humidity areas as often as daily. Any
condensation must be promptly
removed to prevent accumulation of
moisture in the drive unit housing or
main bearing.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE
WE STEC H !:! ANc:!. . E!:. !:M~P. .!='LO~Y!. .!=E~E:;<.OWJ!J!. l.!.!NE=-!=D~C~01.! !ML.!PA~Nw. .Y _

LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORY
EQUIPMENT
Reducer (Grease Lubricated):
All grease lubricated reducers are pre-

lubricated at the reducer manufacturer's
factory. Refer to the reducer
manufacturer's catalog data for the type
and brand of grease used or the
lubricant sticker attached to the reducer.
Apply grease to the reducer as shown
on the 'Lubrication Tags' drawing and
lubrication plate. Some smaller reducers
are maintenance free and do not require
re-Iubrication. Refer to the Lubrication
Tags and drawings to see if this applies.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAINTENANCE

BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INITIALS DATE

Drain and Fill Oil Cavity/Cavities (Before a hours
Operating)
Drain and Replace Oil 500 hours
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
REQUIREMENTS
Grease Cyclo Reducer M
Grease Upper Bearing M
Grease Main Bearing W
Oil Main Gear/Lower Bearing W
Drain and Replace Main Gear/Lower Bearing Oil A
Oil Torque Box Plunger W
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Inspect Fasteners For Tightness M/A
Visually Inspect Drive Mech. for Wear W/A
Test Torque Box Limit Switches W
Check/Drain Condensate W
Check/Drain Particulates S
Inspect/Repair Drive Unit Paint A
Inspect Torque Control Device A
A - ANNUALLY, S - SEMIANNUALLY, M - MONTHLY, W - WEEKLY, D - DAILY
Refer to Equipment Maintenance and Lubrication Summary for specific maintenance

and inspection instructions.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EsTE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY ,
E N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATION
WEsTEC H A'-"N-'-'E=M"-'-P-'='LO"'-'Y-'=E.=..E""'OW!..!jN=E"""D--"'C=O=MPw..A=N'-'--Y
_
OPERATION INSTRUCTION - DRIVE

UNIT
Inspect the drive for proper lubrication

as per the Lubrication Tags drawing and
lubrication instructions.
Drive Without Lifting Device:
Observe the rake mechanism for

smoothness of operation. Any irregular
motions, springing action, and binding or
rubbing must be investigated and
adjusted.
Refer to the Clarifierrrhickener

Operation & Maintenance manual for
further instructions.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATION

DRIVE UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING

Read and understand the 'Maintenance and Operation Warning' in the 'GENERAL'
section of this manual, before doing any troubleshooting or inspections. There are
many hazardous conditions around a drive such as electric shock, risks related to
rotating equipment, etc.
Problem Possible Causes Corrective Actions

Motor not Rotating (1) Terminal wires are loose (1) Check connections
or not wired correctly. and wire these correctly.
(2) Fuses have been blown. (2) Correct cause of
(3) Circuit breakers have overload, replace fuses.
tripped. (3) Reset and check
(4) Burnt out windings due to running amps.
overload, impaired ventilation, (4) Check all that apply,
and incorrect power supply. remove cause then
(5) Excessive cold replace motor.
temperatures causing (5) Provide temporary
lubricants to flow less easily. heat. Change to lower
viscosity lubricants, or
make sure to run
continuously.
Motor Overheating (1) Motor is overloaded. (1) Remove overload
(2) Motor operating on wrong condition.
voltage. (2) Check supply voltage
and connect correct motor
wiring.
Motor Operating with (1) Coupling misaligned. (1) Align coupling.
Excessive Noise (2) Coupling halves too close. (2) Correct gap per
(3) Worn out bearings. specifications.
(4) Broken fan. (3) Replace worn out
(5) Bent fan cover. bearings.
(6) Loose fasteners. (4) Replace fan.
(5) Repair or replace fan
cover.
(6) Tighten fasteners.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATION
WEsTECH'-"AN'"'-E=M=P-=.;LO"'-Y'-'=E=E.=OW-'-=-'-'-'NE==D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-Y _
Drive Unit Troubleshooting (continued)

Mechanism not Turning (1) Shear pin broken (if (1) Replace broken shear
provided). pin.
(2) Coupling between motor (2) Replace broken
and reducer broken. couplings.
(3) Sheared or slipped key (3) Replace sheared key
between drive train between drive train
components. components.
Torque Control Device (1) Incorrect wiring. (1) Correct the wiring.
not Operating Correctly (2) Check for unauthorized (2) Contact WesTech for
adjustment of the cams. assistance.
Before attempting any (3) Check for bent, broken, or (3) Replace the bent and
work on torque box, bound-up parts. broken parts.
contact WesTech for (4) Zeroing screw not set (4) Set zeroing screw
assistance. properly. properly per dwg 7-8222-
(5) Torque arm retaining B1 in Enclosures.
*Unauthorized screw bent or broken (5) Remove and Repair or
adjustment of the torque order replacement from
control device will void WesTech. Refer to dwg
the warranty. 7-8222 B1 in Enclosures.
Torque Control Device (1) Rakes stuck in excessive (1) Remove accumulated
Shows High Torque sludge. solids.
(2) Rake interference due to a (2) Correct the cause of
foreign object. rake interference.
(3) Plugged underflow. (3) Unplug underflow.
(4) Thickener/Clarifier (4) Correct the operational
operational problems. problems.
(5) Bound up pinion shaft (5) Provide temporary
bearings due to presence of heat to drive unit or
frozen condensate or replace corroded parts.
corrosion. (6) Remove torque control
(6) Torque control device device cover and apply
camshaft is bound up. lubricant to camshaft.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATION
EsTE COPERATION
H AN EMPLOYEE OWNED COMPANY
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Drive Unit Troubleshooting (continued)

Reducer or Drive (1) Lack of lubrication. (1) Check and add
Running with Excessive (2) Loose fasteners. grease/oil as required.
Noise and Vibrations (3) Loose coupling. (See Lubrication Tags)
(3) Tighten coupling.
Reducer Overheating** (1) Reducer is overloaded. (1) Correct the wiring.
(2) Incorrect lubricant or (2) Contact WesTech for
quantity of lubricant. assistance.
(3) Replace the bent and
broken parts.
(4) Set zeroing screw
properly.
Lubricant Leakage from (1) Seal or shaft worn out. (1) Repair or replace seal
Reducer (2) Excessive lubricant. and shaft.
(3) Water contamination. (2) Reduce frequency of
(4) Reducer fasteners are re-Iubrication.
loose. (3) Find water
contamination source and
correct it.
Main Gear/Main Bearing (1) Lack of lubricant. (1) Check gear teeth and
Making Noise (2) Condensate water in add grease/oil as required.
gear/bearing cavity. (See Lubrication Tags)
(2) Drain condensate
water.
Discolored Oil in Sight (1) Condensate mixing with (1) Drain condensate
Glass (Milky, Dark oil. Weekly or as site
Brown or Black) (2) Oil dissolving grease. conditions require.
(3) Wash down water entering (2) Add 14 oz grease to
the main bearing. main bearing during one
(4) Oxidation of the oil. rotation.
(3) Do not wash the top of
the main gear/bearing.
(4) Change the oil.
Note: If discolored, drain
and replace all oil plus add
fresh grease (see
Lubrication Tags).
** Sumitomo Cycloidal reducers have an allowable temperature rise of approximately

105 0 F above ambient if temperature fluctuation is small. If the temperature rises
rapidly from stable condition, add the recommended oil or grease. (Refer to Reducer
Manufacturer's Lubrication Instructions.)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
E STE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
I F 11 N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
M-CYC O®
PE D REDUCER
TABLE OF 6000 Reducers
CONTENTS
NOTE: Motor HP in GRf\Y is to overcome breakaway
torque requirements in cold temperatures or high inertia
applications, Atorque limiting device is recommended to
1 protcct the unit or driven machine,
Double Reduction, Ratios 104-731 L+e¥i11~t~R~

, DImensions: Pages
H,F,V Iij Foot Mount (H) 4.17-4.29
:~lnnnUJI F-Flange
V-Flange
(F) 4.39-4.47
(V) 4,65-4.79
H v
Output RPM 16.8 14.5 12.2 10.6

8.97 7.58 6.41 5.49 4.64 3.70 3.13 2.70 2.39 FRAME SIZE
Ratio 104 121 143 195165 231 273 319 377 473 559 649 731
Input HP 10.7 9.17 7.76 6.72
5.69 4.79 4.05 3.48 2.94 """t.~'5" 1.99 1.70 1.52
Output Torque (inolbs) 35900 35900 35900 35900
35900 35800 35800 35800 35800 35 00 35900 35800 35900
Overhung Load (lbs) 8470 9040 9370 93709370 9370 9370 9370 9370 9:: 0 9370 9370 9370
Input HP 12.9 10.9 9.37 8.15
6.90 5.92 5.01 4.28 3.62 2.9 2.44 2.11 1.87
Output Torque (inolbs) 43400 42500 43400 43600
43600 44300 44300 44300 44300 44 00 44300 44300 44300
Overhung Load (ibs) 8380 8970 9370 9370
9370 9370 9370 9370 . 9370 9~ 0 9370 9350 9370
Input liP •• 8.39 8.39
8.39 7.54 6.39 5.46 4.63 "3.9 3.11 2.68 2.39
Output Torque (inoills) " • 38800 44800
52900 56400 56400 56400 56400 56 00 56400 56400 56400
Overhung Load (Ibs) • . 13200 13200
13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 13 00 13200 13200 13200
Input liP 16.0 14.4 12.2 10.6
8.94 7.54 • - - - - -
Output Torque (in· Ills) 53900 56400 56400 56400
56400 56400·· •••
Overhung Load (lbs) 11800 12600 13100 13200
13200 13200 • •• •.•
Input liP ••• 8.39 - 8.39 7.97 6.82 s.n 4. 0 3.89 3.36 2.98
Output Torque (inolbs) • , . 52900 62800 70400 70400 70400 70 00 70400 70400 70400
Overhung Load (Ibs) • • • , 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 - 13 00 13200 13100 13200
Inl)ut liP 16.0 16.0 14.6 13.1 H.l 9.42 7.97 - - . . ,
Output Torque (in·lbs) 53900 62800 67500 70000 70000 70400 70400 • - -"
Overhung Load (Ibs) 11800 12500 13000 13100 13100 13200 13200 .• - :----,,-,.=----=-=.=---!-------I
Input HP - - • - - - 7.87 6~50 5.83 4:0 4.03 3.28 3.38
OutputTol'que (inolbs)· •.• 69500 67100 711 00 68 00 72800 68900 80100 62050A
Speed Overhung Load (Ills) , • • • • , 18900 18900 18900 1B DO 18900 18900 18900
Reducers
Input HP • 16.0 • 15.3 13.0 11.0 9.29 7.91 6.70 5. 7 4.55 3.92 3.48
OutputTorque (in·llls) • 62800 82000 82000 82000 82000 81700 81700 82 00 82300 82300 82300
Overhung Load (Ibs:!).---1__,_--..:...18:.:.:9.:::.;00':--_ _--'18::=9""00"--1.:..::8::;:.90:;;::0'----'17-89;:-:;0,:-0--..:.:18:;:9:;;:00,:--1::::8;:-:90=,,0-,1;:-:89;;0;::-0-':::18:10:;;::0'----'1..;:-897.0o::.0--';18::.:;9::::00"--1.:..::8~90:;;::0'--t--------1I
Input HP' - - • 16.0 16.0 14.8 12.5 10.8 9.17 7. ,2 6.19 5.33 4.72
OutputTorque (in·llls) --, 85500 101000 110000 110000 112000 112000 l1t DO 112000 112000 112000
Overhung Load (Ibs).__ ., 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23 00 23400 23400 23400
InputHP • 25.6 • 20.1 17.0---~----.------~_·_-_··_~--·_·,·_· ....,-_.-:------=--'.=-.=.:..'=-=---Ir------;
OutputTorque (inGlbs) 101000 108000 108000 -- • ,. , - • 621150\3

Overhung Load (Ills) • 22700 • 23400 23400· , ., .""
Input HP • - • - 16.0 16.0 14.8 12.9 10.9 9.25 7.83 6.68 5.99.
Output Torque (inolbs)" • -- 1n1nnn 1~nnnn 1Q1nnn 1'<"nnn 1'<'<nnn 141000 A1nnn 111nnn 1 Innn ,I 62250A
OVHrhllnn InRnIlhm ' . . " 27600 29100 30600 32000 32600 32600 32600 32600 32600 II
Input HP -- 30.3 • 24.0 20.3 17.4 • • • • -- -- •
OutputTorque (in"llls) " 119000 . 128000 128000 131000· .. - -- - - -
Overhung Load (Ibs) • 23800 ' 26000 27300 29100 - • -- - • • •
Input HP • 34.1 - 32.5 27.5 22.4 18.9 16.2 13.7 11.8 10.0 8.63 7.66
Output Torque (in·lbs) , 134000 ' 174000 174000 168000 168000 168000 168000 181000 181000 181000 181000 62350A
Overhung Load (Ibs) • 30000 . 32000 33700 36400 38100 39900 40100 40100 40100 40100 40100
Input HP - 42.3 - 32.5 - • - " • - - - •
OutputTorque (inolbs) • 166000 . 174000· . • • - • .. , ,
~y.~hun-g"-L=o=ad'-'(c:;:lb:2S)-j----_...:2:.:9.::.80:.:.:0'---_·_---=:32:c;0;-::;0.::.0----;:;;:--:;---;;:;;-"~---:==-' ;;---;:::;-:';---=-:-=----:;-;;--;:----:-;;---;;----:;:;;-.~---;;,-;;';;---Ir-------;
Input HP •• - 34.1 32.1 30.5 25.8 22.1 18.7 14.9 12.6 10.9 9.65
OutputTorque (inolbs) -- • • 182000 202000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 62450A
Overhung Load (Ills) • • , 35900 37700 40100 42300 44100 46500 46700 4?:..:..70;:.:;0'--4:.::.67:..;:0:.::.0-'46;:.:;7.:;.00=---jl-- --1
Input HP • 46.4 - 43.5 36.8 30.5 • • - • - - --
OutputTorque (inoills) • 181000 ' 233000 233000 228000· • • • • - •
Overhung Load (Ibs) • 33100 • 35500 37500 40100, • " -- • • •
Input HP -- 42.7 - 42.7 42.7 36.6 31.0 27.8 23.5 20.0 16.9 14.5 12.9
OutputTorque (inolbs) • 168000 • 228000 270000 274000 274000 287000 287000 306000 306000 306000 306000 62550A
Overhung Load (Ills) • 40800 - 43900 45900 48900 51600 54200 57100 58000 58000 58000 58000
Input HP • 62.1 - 51.5 43.6 - • - • - • - -
Output Torque (In olbs) • 243000 • 276000 276000· • -- . • • • • 62550\3
Overhung Load (Ills) • 40600 " 43700 45900· " • -- • • • ,
Input HP • 68.2 • 68.2 61.3 54.4 46.0 39.5 33.3 26.6 22.6 19.3 17.2
Output Torque (lnolbs) • 267000 • 364000 387000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 62650A
~,---:.07ve'"rh;::'-u-'ng'-L-'-oa-'-d-'-(I-bs.L) __+__.__4_9_60.:..;0_ _·_ _ 53_1-'-00_5.::.5.:..;80-'-0_59_5_00_61900 61900 61900 61900 6",,19;-::;0;::-0----":;61..;:-9.;00:.....:6:,;;19::.:;0;::0-+ '---1
Input HP - - -- • • • • 58.4 49.4 39.5 "33.3 28.7 25.5
Output Torque (inolbs) --' . - . - 603000 603000 603000 603000 603000 603000 621511)A
Overllung Load (Ills) . • - . - . " 55800 55800 55800 55800 55800 55800
3.26 Frame Size Selection Tables DOUBLE Reduction 0 !a~.M!.!..9.\Y!9 Gyclo~ 6000 Series
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CYClO® 6000 Speed Reducers
Frame Size Selection Tables 1750 RPM
Single Reduction, Ratios 3-21 Dimensions: Pages

H,F,V Foot Mount (H) 4.2-4.15
F-Flange (F) 4.30-4.38
V-Flange (V) 4.48-4.64
H F v
Output RPM 583 350 292 219 159 135 117 103 83.3
3(1) FRAME SIZE
Ratio 5111 6 8 11 13 15 17 21
Input HP - - 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 O. 7
Output Torque (inolbs) - - 55.0 73.3 101 120 138 155 1 3 6060
Overhung Load (lbs) - - 163 193 263 265 265 265 2 5
Input HP - - 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 o1
Output Torque inolbs - - 78.8 105 144 171 197 223 2 5 6065
Overhung Load (Ibs) - - 168 192 258 265 265 265 2 5
Input HP - - 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 o3
Output Torque inolbs - - 95.5 128 175 207 239 270 3 9 6070
Overhuna Load nbs) - - 293 322 359 379 379 397 37
Input HP - - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
Output Torque inolbs
n\l~rhlln" Load (lh~) - -
W!
289
110
320
Jali
357
J1J
375
27 9
377
31 8
397
392
397
- 6075
Input HP - - 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.64

Output Torque inolbs - - 163 218 299 353 408 462 461 6080
Overhung Load (Ibs) - - 403 437 481 516 534 558 549
Input HP - - 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 0.74
Input HP - - 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.54 1.02
Input HP - - 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04
Overhung Load (Ibsl - - 591 655 741 741 736 739 732
InputHP 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.67 2.59
Output Torque inolbs 324 540 646 862 1190 1400 1620 1550 1860 6100
Overhung Load (Ibs) 687 813 864 963 1090 1140 1200 1210 1210
Input HP 4.26 4.26 4.27 4.27 4.27 4.27 4.27 3.30 3.14
6105
Output Torque inolbs 434 726 877 1170 1610 1890 2190 1910 2250
Overhung Load (Ibs) 858 952 1080 1120 1210
610H
680 806 1180 1210
Input HP - - 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.27 3.65
Input HP - - 5.26 5.26 5.26 5.23 5.23 5.23 4.17
InputHP 6.80 6.80 6.81 6.81 6.81 6.81 6.81 6.81 5.32
Input HP 7.79 7.79 7.80 9.33 7.95 7.95 7.95 7.60 6.55
Output Torque inolbs 4700
6125
796 1335 1610 2550 2990 3530 4070 4420
Overhung Load (Ibs) 1090 1200 1670
612H
862 1022 1370 1400 1510 1520
InputHP 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 12.6 10.4 9.76 8.24
InputHP 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 12.0 11.1 10.1
Overhung Load (ibs) 983 1165 1240 1380 1570 1620 1680 1810 1930
Input HP 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 16.1 13.6 11.6
[1] Ratings listed are for the horizontal mounting position; please contact factory for vertical mounting position ratings.
3.2 Frame Size Selection Tables ° SINGLE Reduction

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A Unique Concept a • •
The word CYCLO ••• of overload and the components are in compression - so
. . . derives from Kyklos the Greek word for circle and they cannot be sheared off.
refers to the CYCLO disc, whose outer profile describes Compare that to conventional helical gear reducers,
a cycloidal curve. where one or two teeth must absorb the entire shock and
are more prone to catastrophic failure.
Features & Benefits of the
• Overall Economy
CYCLO concept Competitive initial cost, high reliability, long life and·
minimal maintenance give CYCLO speed reducers
• Outstanding Reliability - superior overall economy when compared to
2 Year Warranty conventional gear boxes.
CYCLO speed reducers are noted for outstanding
reliability and extended operating lifetime - 20 years of • Ideal for Highly Dynamic Applications
problem-free performance is not unusual. This reliability Since inertia is very low, the CYCLO speed reducer
is due in part to the high material specifications, is ideally suitable for frequent start-stop-reversing duties
component quality controls and careful assembly and the combination with a frequency inverter.
procedures. It also results from the total absence of • High Efficiency -
sliding friction. Correctly sized and selected CYCLO
Even at High Ratios
speed reducers and gearmotors are covered by a two Torque transmitting parts have rolling action with
year warranty.
minimal friction, so the overall efficiency is as high as
• High Overload Capacity - 95% in single reduction units.
500% plus
CYCLO speed reducers have the strength to • Compact Size
withstand over-loads that can break the teeth Reduction ratios from 6: 1 to 119:1 are
of other reducers. available for the single stage. Triple
Here's why: reduction stages offer ratios up to
At least 30% of the CYCLO's nearly 1,000,000:1.
unique disc profiles share shock
Additional • Over 7,000,000 Units

Sold
Value CYCLO speed reducers
are in daily use in industries
Sumitomo, THE throughout the world
ORIGINAL CYCLO, replacing the more
conventional helical, worm
offers these additional
and spur gear units.
benefits:
• Total Quality • Many Options ...
... in mechanical and
Precision manufacturing
electrical power transmission and
and unmatched Quality Assurance
control are offered in the complete
insure consistent product
CYCLO product range. Right Angle,
performance. Offset, Hollow Shaft, and Bushing Mounted
• 70 Years of Product Development variations are readily available.
The unique CYCLO operating principle was invented • Worldwide Product Support
by the German engineer Lorenz Braren in 1931 and his Fast, competent technical assistance with selection,
ingenious design has continued its progressive installation and after-sales service is available from
development until the present day. production and distribution centers throughout the world.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Quiet, Dependable, Consistently Long Life

• Quieter Operation = Reduced Backlash
Super finishing of rotating components Decreased internal clearances for high
provides smoother rolling action performance requirements
• Higher Ratings • Total Dependability

Optimized design imparts more uniform internal Torque transmitting parts are made from fully
load distribution hardened, vacuum degassed bearing grade steel
• Longer Life • Absolute Consistency

Improved internal gearometry extends already Stringent manufacturing process and assembly
long life controls assure reliability
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HOW IT WORKS
The unique SM-CYCLO® speed reducing system is transmission drives. Basically, the speed reducer has
based on an ingeniously simple principle that offers only three major moving parts:
many benefits to the designer and user of power
Ring gear pins and

,---------rollers
Slow speed shaft
1. High speed input shaft with Cycloid disc
integrally mounted eccentric cam
and roller bearing assembly
2. Cycloid discs
Q;p- High speed shaft
3. Slow speed shaft assembly , - - I- - - Eccentric cam

Slow speed shaft
pins
As the eccentric cam rotates, it rolls the cycloid discs less cycloidal tooth around the disc than there are pins
around the internal circumference of the stationary in the fixed ring gear housing, which results in reduction
ring gear. ratios equal to the number of cycloidal teeth on the disc.
(Note: For some ratios, there are two less teeth per
The resulting action is similar to that of a wheel rolling
cycloid disc than there are pins in the ring gear
around the inside of a ring. As the wheel (cycloid disc)
housing.)
travels in a clockwise path around the ring (ring gear
housing), the wheel itself turns slowly on its own axis in The reduced rotation of the cycloid discs is transmitted
a counter-clockwise direction. In the SM-CYCLO® to the slow speed shaft by means of drive pins and
system the cycloidal profile around the outer edge of the rollers that engage with holes located around the middle
disc engages progressively with the rollers of the fixed of each disc.
ring gear housing to produce a reverse rotation at
Typically, a two disc system is used with a double
reduced speed. For each complete revolution of the
eccentric cam which increases the torque capacity and
high speed shaft, the cycloid disc turns one cycloidal
offers an exceptionally smooth, vibration-free drive.
tooth in the opposite direction. In general, there is one
Ring gear pins and rollers

\
Slow speed shaft pins and rollers
\
\\ -;"'It .. _ ,q~'-' .. "
>}:~.~. ,:/~;t;
.~., ",\~,,~
inl,
,:'1 _~"~
'Il-"""hl"':'~ ,t.,•.•. .."
..~
.,!"1'~-,
,
'~f,' ,Ib,' .,' "'~-::Z\~4 ~~~~~
.:w{J ,)r~;
~l,."., .,,,.:~:~ ~"".'(
"f:~ :~~_ ~: ~.\~ . \
-,'... " . \
\ /' - High speed '\ \
. '\ / Cycloid discs \ \ shaft \ \
Ring .gear \ \
Casing\ \ hOUSIng \ \ High speed end \
Slow speed shaft\ Eccentric cam and bearing \ shield
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cross Reference
PRIOR SERIES \1[\:1/
3DCfJ ltC:DD ,S-CDO
GGCiO
3D/5 dOT;) DOG))
6070
3085 ,HjB~ [)O75
G080
GD85
308D :1t}~!D t3G8G
309,5 d~I':'5 :3085
::lr)t)7 .:[U:~~ ;' ~mrJ:::
3100 d1 cc: 'j100
.31 D:~ :llC;:, (:lC5
31011 ~1:H I 01011
G1 1C
::)]15
:31 1"" Jl 1:; :=q~C
31 15 d1 I'j :j125
31 111 :.112:~ f5Ui
314,) ,11 ",t",
),._, 2,130
::~1 ,1:; ::1,':', en',
('1~C
:JE,;:, ,11 d~: C1 ~i;J

3EII ·'1::::
--;- I '~_J (;l~l-I
31:':;D 41 i'{i [~,l eG

:Jlm) 4'1 C') til!:'tJ
31GH ,:WI t,l(;11
-:r,
3170 <11 i'.1 ;3170
317:~ ~1 :) Gl 15
3180 i1180 ;~180
3185 ,1'11)5 lJ1i35,
31GO ,~1 HO C)1:'W
3195. 4195 6'185
3205 ,'20;j f:i:?C5
3215 42'1'.) 321:)
3225 ,1225 32~:5
3235 ~t?~» tJ~!~J:)
324:1 <12,15 C~~~ n5
3:?55 (.I;l55 3255·
32G5 42135 (i~~\135
3275 4275 6275

TABLE OF CONTENTS
All rotating components are

fully hardened, vacuum
degassed bearing grade
steel, for consistent, reliable
performance
High power density.

All reduction contained
in compact ring gear
housing
Rugged, shock-resistant
cast iron housing.
Optional ductile iron
also available
Superior seal design Unique oil sight gauge for

using wear sleeves simple, visible lubrication
and pressure-rated indication
seals
of their ratings
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION A CONTENTS
Mounting " , ...•......................... A-2 AHowable Oil Viscosity A-S
General Construction A-3, 4 Oil Change A-S
Lubrication " A-5~ 10 Forced Lubrication A·9
Grease Units A-?, 8 Oil Level Dimensions A-10
Designated Greases A-7 Bearings, on Seals & Gaskets A-1i-i3
Grease Replenishment & Change A- 7 Dissassembly, Assembly ....•.......... A-14, 15
Quantities of Grease A-?, 8 Daily Inspection A·16
Oil Units ....•..................... A-8 - 10 Ordering Correct Replacement Units & Parts •.. A·16
Oil Fill Procedure, Oil Gauge A-8 Storage & Operation After Storage A·16
Standard Oils A-S Trouble Shooting A·i?
Oil Quantities A-9 Notes , A·'18
M nting
i. Mounting on Exact Planes 5. Secure Housing
The Horizontal Type oil-lubricated units must be Where the reduction units are operated under conditions
mounted on horizontal surfaces. Where they are of vibration and/or frequent starts and stops, it is
mounted on inclined surfaces, some modifications may recommended to secure them on their mounting
be necessary. Specify mounting plane inclination at time surfaces by inserting dowel pins into the knock-holes
of ordering. provided on the foot of the casing. This will insure that
bending or shearing forces are reduced on the mounting
2. Accurate Alignment
bolts. Pins must be securely inserted, particulariy when
Where the reducer is connected to the motor and the
the units are to be operated under conditions of severe
driven machine through couplings, align the shafts
recurrent peak loads.
accurately. Where the reducer is connected through V
pulleys or sprockets, insure that the belts or chains are 6. Mounting Accessibility
neither too tight nor too slack. The reduction units must be mounted in locations with
3. Overhung Load Positions easy accessibility for lubrication maintenance purposes.
Overhung loads should be iocated as close to the 7. Ventilation
bearing as possible. (See the SM-CYCLO" 6000 Series When the m",l-CYCLO'" Speed Reducer is mounted in a
Catalog page E-8.) separate enclosure, be sure that adequate ventilation is
provided.
4. Foundations
Foundations must be rugged enough to withstand shock
and stress applied from the load side through the
reducer.
Correct lncorrect Square And Parallel Correct Method Incorrect Method

._ '.'.ll>-j _ ...l>l
, j
Reducer Wail ReducerWali
A-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
Speed Reducer - Horizontal Foot Mount, Single Reduction Table A-i. Speed Reducer
Main Parts
Part No. Part Name
1-01 Slow Speed Shaft wipins
11-04H
- . _ .Oil - -Collar-Horizontal
- -Seal ----------1
1-06 810w Speed Shaft.~?I!~.r..~ _ _.
2-01 Ring Gear Housing
t-------9 ...?..:9:?_..~........!3.~9..§..?..~.~.:_P.:.:in....:s:....'- ------1

}-----10 2-08 Ring Gear Rollers
2-04 Cyclo Disc
·--'19
-.?~2E.~C.?J: Rii29........_. -l
8-01 3·01 High Speed Shaft
...-=~_--'""1J'=---.1i j--------"-_.:..-_-----~---
3-02 Bearing C
11'Ff.i~f!!=====
~Jr
8-13
3-08
-'--=-.....:::...:...:.:..---"'------------
3-03 Bearing 0
I -~-8-03
. ---...------:'H1 3-04
_..~:.Q..s.__..
Eccentric Bearing AssembJ.Y....-
Eccentric Key
·'3-06 Balance Weight
3-07 Spacer
-----7 3:.2~.__ Spacer
3-09 Spacer
3-10 Retaining Ring
3-1 1 Reta.-~~~.\!....!3.i~.Q ..._... _._. _
3-13 Collar ---_._- _---- ...
T 5-01 Intermediate Shaft w/Pins
t~~~~r.:i:2QE.. . _.._....._. __
f 5-03 Bearing G
Fig. A·2 Speed Reducer - Vertical Base Mount, Single Reduction
f_?:.Q~.... ...§_~::!".0.!.11::._E3_~.~:2 g A,:;sern bly
6
------_._-~---_
7
Gasket Set
Casing Nuts & Bolts
_
.... ..'"'............ _~-,._ ..
r - - - - - - - - - - 58
_..10.... Fan Cover

_1211 Fan
.._---.Key
--....._ - - - -
Bolts For S8 011 Seal Housing
28
_11.._ Bolts, SP..?-cer~.. Eor ~an Cover
14 Plug
41 --------1
t!.~......... Grease Nipple
18 Slow Speed Output Oil Seal
39
19 High Speed Input Oil Seal
~ __ ._._J:1E.':~zo0tal Oil ~~~9..usif!.L.....
46 26 Horizontal Case
~---(?.~-~~!'.'~.g"---------l
42---'- 29 Oil G~~ile-I::J~~i~?0.!~.I ..!:J.0.i.t..__
t(43) 35 ......_...y?!.!ioal Oil Seal Housing
38 Verticai Case (Integral If Type)
38 -+...-.i..._
39 Oil Gauge--Vertical Unit
40 Cam
j---------._--_ _._ _-- -
35 - -.--------" 41 Piping Set & Oil Signal
42 ~I~:Q~LE'ulll.e.._. --1
..,...-j--l.01 40 43 Positive Displacement Pump
46 Drain Plug
T55 Intermediate Cover
'1'57 Eye Bolt
Note: For details of oil seals, bearings or gaskets, refer to A-l i ~ 13. '58 Oil Slinger
tReier to Table A-16 on Pg. A·S for units which require a positive displacement pump. '59 Spacer
~Pt. No. 58 - frame sizes 6195·6275 only; PI. No. 59 - frame sizes 6205-6275 only.
"See Fig. A-3, Page A-4; f See Fig. A-4, Page A-4. A-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
. . A-3 Speed Reducer/Single Disc
Ty (Frame Size 6060*6095) Fig. A-4 Speed Reducer/Double Reduction
2-04
Speed Reducer - Single Disc Multiple Reduction Reducers

8M"CYCLe'" single reduction, Models No. 6060,,6090, Multiple reduction SM-CYCLO® Reducers are a combi-
employ the use of a single planetary gear (Cycloid nation of standard reduction mechanism assemblies
Disc) and a balance weight. connected using an intermediate shaft (Part No. 5-01)
and intermediate cover (Part No. 55) between them.
Table A-'2.. Frame Sizes and Ratio Combination of Double Reduction Models
Frame Size Combination Reductton Ratio Combination
Frame Second 'I' i First Frame Second First Second First
Size , Stage I Stage Size Stage Stage Total Stage Stage
j060DA! 6060 L§.9.§.9
"6165DC 6165 6125 ..... Ratio Rat~?..,,,.....}3"a.:!!~_
6065DA i 6065 i 6065 61700A! 6170 .,.."..~ __ 104 13 h
8
]j070DA' 6070 I 60§:, 617008 I G170 ·•· ..·6"fOtr.. · 121 fi '''''-'''1''1''-'
G075DA. 6075 [6065'i3fi6i5c 6170 6125 143 13 11
~QA..:. 6090 I 6075
~9..~?.!?.C\ ~., .99..~.1 6075 61750B I 6175
::I1.I.$.[}~.\_.§,175
6085
6105
~~~ 15
1
.
5 ~3.r-=·
_ii.~9.I2C\.L.. ,,§,,1..9.9 I 6075 ~Q:<2.J 6175 6125 231 21 11
61050;\! 6105 ! 6075
61200A i "6'"126 i 6075
...£!-a.gP.~. ..l_i:l_1J:l9
618008 I 6180
6105
6135
:::::I!?"
.. 21
318''''''29
13
11
6'126DB-t"6T2'6" ! 6085 6185DAr"'61'~5-" 6105 ,,177 "?Q 1 Cl
6125'DA 1'61'25.... -1·"....;6075
6'18508 61'8:'5 6135 473 43 11
612508 6125'-'i 6095 61800A 1....··6190·_.. sm tlb\1 43 13
61 n OOA -61'50"'-1 6075 "it6'"008 T "'6190"- "'·6135 649 59 11
61 ~OO~ I i3136,,·tjQ:~~-= 61950A I 6195"· . . "'<f125 731 .. _JI:::::::: :=J.z.........
6130DC I 6130 ! 6105 619508 I 6195""61"35- 841 29 _.?-2...-
-Ej'13S[IA 6135 i 6075-- ""6205DA I 6205 6125...... 1003 59 " .....:t2_
.61'350B 6135 1 6095 . 62050B' 6205 i3'1"35"'" 1247 ~J " ?.§l ".
-'61'3'5 DC 6'135 i 5105'" 62150A 6215 [_·6'1'35..··" 1479 8"1 '17
-&'1'40'5".4"" 6140 1i3O'75-'
'-':;;'1o;nR R:>1>; I RiR"i.... 1849 48-·43·........·
3'Esi:i2f3 61401 6095 6225DA 6225 6135 .........?QE.JE"" 59 35
6140DC 6140 1 6105 bL~bUd O.Gt:::o 0 10 ~37 59 43
~~:§~:::fr:. ·.: ,·.: :.~.::~f:5°"· I 6~~~~ ~~~~i-l 66'22~55 6 16°5" _... }9.1~-I 87 ~~
-,:'34"44'~"71.._.J· _58~97::"""""+---=c:::""'-l
61450C
__
6145
616ODA" ......'61"60...·::: :~~
+ 6105
' 1
'6245DAr'62'45
v
62450B.. j.. :::~.?j5

61 8
6165
6185 ~~~J
.. I
87
51
58
61600B 6160'j 619..2- 62550A I 6255 6175 ~J7 "".. 87 71
6'1600C 6160....1-·"6125 6255081''''62'55' [ 6195 7569 87 87
6165DA! 6i6S"'-j'" 60"95- ..... -~~=-='----1
616506 6165 i 6105 ~~~~~~ ~~~~""I-~~ Note: [1] 6~,~~~~:n~i~~:g~2~~~~~ ~~ ~~~f~st :t~~~~~ti~~ ~~.
A-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
---19
~--8
A--,.
55 -
.. ,56 _ _
c:;_J
2-02-1
...::..::;.:;-l::::---J-
····~······2::'OS:=1·;.:;::·"·;.:;·,,··;.:;·····.::..::·
2-01-1 .....lll1.tJ--.,........y
-&-13
2-04-1 -'-~pHftb::Jl -6-03
-5-11
~~
""--- 5--05
,-- 5-01
56---1 --5--Q4
2-05-1 _
"'--- 5-07
1-06-' ._--,- 5-09
r:(f.f-···---"' "'~~:':;;:'::"::&::02
- - 5-10
~ &--01
···············12-·--.""
1-Q2 - - - - ' "
35--""""'"
18 ----.<"
""-"'--"1:04)4V'~""""'=
1-u5V
1-01 ----~
3-13 _
3-08 -- _- -----....-"9II'f;T-h1<r
_-
··..· _·_·. ·_·. ·~_·····_··· .2-04-2· _ =]::j~~:;--;;~M~~
2-02-2
2-o5-2=:::==::::t±$~1
2-04-2 -----kH11l;
---··2.-o1~··------"'1
2-03-2 DETAIL A
A-4.1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
m.m-----·---Siow-SpeedShaftAssembly·
Reduction Parts Sub-Assembty
·•..···,·,····,_···_·····_··H.H. .... H._.-Hlgh..Speed._S..ha.ft.. A.$§~.m;QJy
Intermediate Shaft Assembly
A-4.2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
,
PART:# PART DESCRIPTION
1-01 SLOW SPEED SHAFT WITH PIN
1-02 BEARING A
---1-03 BEARlNGB--------------------·--·-----------·----·---
1-MV OIL SEAL COLLAR - VERTiCAL
1-oSV KEY - VERTICAL
1-00 SLOW SPEED SHAFT ROLLERS
2-01-1 ~.G GEAR HOUSING
2-01-2 .1B!!iG GEAR HOUSiNG
2-02-1 RING GEAR PINS
- . . - ... ----------- . 2-"02-"'-2 RING GEARP1NS--.,·---··--·~-----···-_·--'
2-03-1 RING GEAR ROLLERS
2-03-2. RING GEAR ROLLERS
___ . ."__"__,,. . . ...._..... 2-04-1 CYCLO DISC
2-04-2. CYCLO DISC
2-0&-1 SPACER RING
2.-O$-2. SPACER RING
3-01- HiGH SPEED SHAFT .... -
3-02.. BEARING C
3-03 BEARING 0
"., _. .. _.' , ~ ECCENTBlC..eEARINGASSEMBLY
3-05 ECCENTRIC KEY
3-06 BALANCE WEIGHT
3-10 RETAINtNG RING

.- , _.__" _ _,~11 _. RETAINiNG QtM~
COLLAR 3-13
KEY 3-14
s-.o1 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT WITH PiNS
.... --.--.... -- .........-- ... -s:;::()2, ..... BEARINGF
BEARING G s-.os
ECCENTRIO BEARING ASSEMBLY (1)
5-04
-... ......................-s...oS... ECOENrRIC KEY
5-07 SPACER
&-08 SPACER
5-09 SPACER
~ ".- -.-,..,.__., ,.- .
~,_.,-,.---- ~~,--, . _._-. ,., .-. '-&:'10""'--"" F{EfA1NtNG"'R'lNa
~
5-11 RETAlNING RING (2)

5-13 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT ROLLERS
,~w~.,",,'~',e,%, --"'~a·"·,-·· HIGH·SPEEO·ENDSHIELD
12 BOLTS FOR SS OIL SEAL HOUSING
18 SLOW SPEED OUTPUT OIL SEAL
3S VERTiCAL CASE (iNTEGRAL V TYPE)

5 lNTERMED~TEOOVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CYCLO@ 6000 Speed Reducers
Lubrication
Cyclo Reducers are either Grease lubricated or Oil lubricated.
It Grease lubricated reducers are filled with grease prior to

shipment and are ready for installation and operation
'on IUbi.CaLee: 'GUdGeIS iiidSl be fiiled veilll tile PiOPCI

a.sneet, it @If a\!J151 0 J eel ell bore: e i. islai!atiol. di Ie! opciUlion
• Lubrication methods (grease ei""'ei+) are specified for

Cyclo driven at standard input speed.
OilFilILevel~
~
Oil Sight Gauge ---------- '
Approved Greases
Grease lubricated reducers are filled with grease prior to shipment and
are ready for installation and operation. This information is provided for
maintenance purposes.
Ambient Temperature Cyclo

When ihe Cyclo reducer will be usOO
OF °C Shell Oil under widely nuctua~ng temperatures
or ambient tSlllpertltures (other than
those listed here) or any oth!!r special
Shell Alvania® Grease 2 condruons, consult the factory.
14t0122 -101050 (NLGi Grade #2)
Ambient Temperature
OF °C BP Oil
Energol® For use in \-\-inter or relatively low amt)j,:"
14t041 -10t05 ,ent temperatura..., use the lower vis-
GR-XP 68
cosity oil specified for eachambient
Energol® temperature range;
., :':. , . :' ':~' '.' - "". . .,
32 to 95 Ot035 GR-XP 100
" '., , ,
For consistent us~ In' ambient temper-

GR-XP 150 a~Jres outside of tile range 32'F to
Energol® 104'F (0'Cto40~q. consult/actory.
GR-XP 220
-XP 320
GR-
5.2 Technical Information ,,!?S~ITgME! Cyclo·6000 Series

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CYGLO® 6000 Speed Reducers
Lubrication continued
VERTICAL Mounted Reducer· SINGLE Reduction 41 Frame Sizes 6060 to 6275

Reduction Ratio
Frame Size 3 5 6 8 11 13 15 17 21 25 29 35 43 51 59 71 87 119
59
87
Maintenance Free Grease
Oil
Forced 011
VERTICAL Mounted Reducer· DOUBLE Reduction 41 Frame Sizes 6060DA to 6275DA

;
lIf
Reduction Ratio
Frame Size 104 121 143 165 195 231 273 319 377 473 559 649 731 841 1003 1015 1247 1479 1849 2065 2537 3045 3481 4437 5133 6177 7569
6060DA, 6065DA
6070DA, 6075DA 2537
6090DA, 6095DA 5133
6100DA, 6105DA aintenance Free Grease
6120DA, 6120DB
6125DA,6125DB
6130DA, 61250A
6130DB, 6135DB
6130DG,6135DC Grease
6140DA,6140DB,61400C
6145DA,6145DB,6145DG
6160DA, 6165DA
6160DB,6165DB
61700A,61750A
6170DB,6175DB
61aODA,6185DA
----6f60jjG~6f65iiG---·-
6170DC, 6175DC
6180DB,6185DB
6190DA, 6195DA
61900B,61950B
6205DA, 6205DB
6215DA, 6215DB
62250A,6225DB
6235DA,6235DB
6245DA, 6245DB
6255DA, 6255DB
6265DA
6275DA
5.4 Technical Information "1f.§Y,,1':1!I9M2 Gyclo"6000 Series

TABLE OF CONTENTS
LUBRICATION
Max. Pressure
,--_-I<.,f,cm2
29,43,59,87 TOP216HA-VB3 0,75kW4P 24.0 8
All reduction ratios TOP204HA-VB3 OAkW 4P 6.0 16
LUBRICANTS
Grease Lubricated Models
Those units defined in Tables E-1 - E-4 as being grease lubricated are filled with grease prior to shipment to the
customer and are ready for use. .
Table E-G. Standard Greases[3j
32t0950t035
Spartan" Mobilgear<'
EP220 630,632
EP320 633,634
EP460 (ISO VG 220-460)
Notes: [1] Consult the factory when using an inverter.
[2] A relief valve (Pressure set at 3 kgf/cm2) is a standard attachment in the trochoid pump.
[3] Avoid the use of grease other than shown in Table E-6.
[4] Consult the factory in advance when the drives are to be used under widely fluctuating temperatures or ambient temperatures other than
those listed in Table E-6, or any other special conditions. .
[5] When using another manufacturer's motor, please foilow the Instruction Manual or the nameplate attached to the motor by that
manufacturer.
[6] For use in winter or relatively low ambient temperatures, use the lower viscosity oil specified for each ambient
temperature range. .'.
[7] For consistent use in ambient temperatures other than 32°F-104°F (0'C-40'C), please consult the factory.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
·
-_._--,-_._-----_._--------
Lubrfca..n~ Table A';"l. Standard Greasesl:iJ
0
',.' "<) '.
".'
,-----,----- .
..
. ..-.
Q~e~$$ LUbriGp te(1l\!1bdels.

thos~ mo~els Ii~~~d if! T!'lQil;~ A·$ , A-6 as. gre?se
lubricated are filledwittlgrease before shipment to the Shell A!itail,iSl'"
customer a.fH:l ar~ ready for u~e. Grease'2
_...._._. ...._-_
.,' .... __ __ __ _._---'
- ....... (NLG\ Gracie
.....,.,. ----
Ii2),...... .
Every at;.ooo Hq~ or

Ev"ry ~.Y~~ ...~_
Less Than iO'Hours Per bay , E' .S· l> M the
o iirrifitiri Vl3!y •. " on s
1. 0 - 24 Hours Par :pay 0p$ratio!l I Evei)' 600 - 10(m .
Dquble Reduction
Speed RE1dJcar M~chariism, HIg,h .
Spees! ~haft BaarinQI> (SPeed tYJ;lry 2- 3 Years
R-eclucer TYP~) . ' .
SloW Speed Sil;ft'i37a:tings'"-''' 'B:e;y"i:;"~ ye;;;:;;--.._·_·_.._ ....·..•..-
Replenishment and Change Guideiines

A¢Rlenish, grea?'6 lq ~\ie reguQ~on !11i?9.hanipm 1/3 to 1/2 of Apply' grl%lse npEjlraily to the Cf>tltra! fifl!t (i.e., arouhd the
the ql)atJ~itY listed in Ta\)le A·S 0r A..,:T 0 for the fir$t reductiQn eC,centrio bef;!rlngs} of iAie mechanism. Apply grease to both
sta$e at the ItrtelVal recommendecl in 1'abie A~8 . the slow speed and high speed shatt bearings as you would
When the. unit is disass.embled for 6vethauHng. refill with to 9rdinary be~r!ng.$ i"t the time- of r'?"a$~efi1Ply
tM greft$e qtIWltiti~s' indicated in TablE!, A·S Of A-l 0 Or U excessiye grease is addE,ld, agitation. pl:'atlng of the,- g!ef;t~e
i3lt~trta,Uvefy, 800tf, of the spa06 a,('dund th~ r~dl1.cl:ib!l wft! ral$$ t!1e' operattf\g ~ernp?raty.r'e of the Uf'iit Ailgjd
mechanism and slow ~peed shaft beatings of sjngli\f excesslve greasing, but do not SL.'Pply an ibsuffibierit amount
r~q~cflbh units. ~il9 50% ,woWJQ the f~dQcifqn m.echi'i.l1i~rn of gt~?se WI'lt¥'l tf(~ grease- i$ [nsW!191enJ, i~ Will, talS€) tn€l
<:?f both trlE? first $lid S~GOrid $tag~ of double reduction units lInif~ Qp,~ra~ln9: t~mp.e.r9-tur~ pue to l;lreakdown qf the
$ifghtiy I~~et qUl,inttlies m!"Yl:11i] ?QPpli~9 to lower ~d\;lctlon ItibrieaJioii filhi's on the e,ccehtfic beating. !~ thi~ cf'\se, if tM
ratio ·ll'i'lltS,.ai1tl ;Somewhat smafler quarltittes fo:ttligh pp,e(9.ting fernj:ler;iture rls~, ?upj5ly grease ithl)1$dia.~'Iy.
fE1dlfG¥ion f-p.tio u n I T s . - .
laple A"g" $ingle R.edl,l(?iion ~reqse Ql1~ntities:""' o~. (g,,) .

-==",-",·"..,.,-==,==".'r'
Speeli R.ecluctlQn Mecl1ariistJl'-ll:. .....:..."....."..;;;.. -+-_.,.,.:..,:"-,-'_+

Slow Sp.eed $haft l?ear1ng.~ ...... .........._ _.........
Notes: [1} AVoid Ihe use ~f grease. Ciner than shown in Table: A-7.
[219£<h.st!lt the faotgry when th!idriYes are ,J;lsed under widely fluctuating ~mperatures, ambient temperatures other than those listed in
Tao.la I)q; or i¥Jy owl'..sp,ec!?ol ~6nqitiqt\s. .' . .
[3J f3{~gf~ Hidl,lction fr~~!l ~~es 6P\'lQ ... ~12'1-'t !ind~bble r'ed!-,q~9n fr~n'J~ ~iz~s 606pDA _. f3:12fjDB ?-C" [liain~el1anp!, fr.li$ \.Inlt~. G'rr:<lSIl
rep'ler\ishrr~i"!l is..n~t.Mcf;~~ '{I1ji~f(llq(1g~t!if!'lof-tl)e,Qri\l?~ ej(psCl'ild oOt re-ll.!bticilJinfi"is prefarret! betqre toe f§cqmmendeq.
interval, referlo Tebles-A-7, A·8..A-9-andA.'!O.. ' . .
[416yerhauhngconsis!$ of·disassemb1ing'·\he unit, repiacing tile seals and gaskefs; cleaning the internal parts and then r.epacking the uoit
. . vli'lh designated Qrease.. . ..' , " . .
A-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LUBRICATION
Table A~1 O. Double Reduction Grease Quantities - oz. (g.)
Frame Size I
6060DA 16070DA 6090DA 61000A 6i200A 6120D8 6i30DA 1613008 6i300C 6140DA!6140D8 6140DC
~1_60.65DA I 60750A 6095DA 61050A 6125DA 612506 6..~.~~~i.?_1~35~0_B__+_6-13-5~0~C.__~.!~§OAI 614508 6145DC
._....__.
Speed Reduction 0.9 3.2 0.9 3.2 I
~~nis.!!!.-,(,-1s_t_S_ta..:::g-,e),--!_~_ _.__.._.....,.--,(,--25.:..!.)---;_ _---;_ _---L---o(9..:-0-,-)-+---,-(2-,5~)--,-._(:..9:...0:~)_.
4.9
(140)
0.9 J3.2 4.9
(25). _ ..:..(9_0,--)--,--,(_14_0":"')-i
Speed ReductIon 0.9 3.2 4.9 11.6 I 15.9
Mechanism (2nd Stage) (25) (90) (140) _..(.~.0.9.!. __+-- ._..... _---,(,--45_0-,-) .. .._._
Slow Speed Shaft
Bearing (2nd Stage)
1.2
(35)
(130·50 ) · j 4.21
(120)
I 10.6
(300)
I 61600A 1616008 6i600C 61700A 1[6170D8 61700C 61800A 618006 61900A 619006 6205DA 620508
~_ra_m_e_s_iz_e L~~.?5DA I 6165DB 61650C 617_~_~~.....?_~7_5_D_B-+--6_17_5_D_C-+--6_18_5_0_A+_6_18_5_D_B-+--61_9_5_D_A-+-6 _19§P"~ " +-_--I
Speed ReductIon
~~9.~_~.~!~~n (1st Stage)
I,(90)
3.2 I 4.9
(140)
11.6.
(330)
3.2 I4.9
(90) ",,_",L~t~O)
11.6
(330)
4.9
(140)
15.9 11.6 15.9
(4?.S).~~(,-33~0-,-) -,--,(4_5_0,-)..l..-{,-3~g)
11.6 115.9
! (450)
Speed Reduction 26.5 35.3 38.8 52.9
~.:..':.~!~~.E~_St_ag~,--) -t-- .:..(7_50_,)_ _ _ _t -_ _--O..(1_0_00.:..!.)_ _ __,.-_-l-(1_10_0-'-)_---1_ _.__ _---"(.;..:15:..;.0.:..:0)'-- ---1
Slow Speed Shaft 10.6 17.6' 21.2 24.7
Bearing (2nd Stage) (300) (500) (600) (700)
Frn~S~ ~~_D_A_I~6_2_15_D-B~_~_2_5_0-A~6-~_5-D-8-+-6-2-35_D-A~-~-3-5-00_~-6_~-5-0-A_~6_2_4-5D-B~_6-~-5_D-A~I-6-2_~~J ~~M

Speed Reduction 15.9 !
26.5 15.9 35.3 26.5 38.8 26.5 38.8 35.3 'I 52.9
_~.~chanism (1st8tage) (4521 I (750) 1-~(4:....50~)~~(1_0 ...
00_)...._(?50) (1100) (750) (1100) (1000) (1500L_ _
Speed Reduction 70.5 88.2 141.1 158.7 2 1 1 . 6 ' 282.2
M~E.~'.:_~!sm (2nd Stage) (2000) (2500) _1~0001. I_--'-(4-5-00-'-)-_+-- - i6000) '(8000)
Slow Speed Shaft' 28.2 31.7 35.3 38.8 42.3 i 45.9
Bearing (2nd Stage) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) I
Oil I Procedure Oil Level Gauge

Oillubric models are not filled with oil prior to shipping. The gauge must be replaced when it becomes d'
Before start- remove the oil fill plug (See Pg. A-3, check the oil level due to discoloration of the' hose.
Fig.A..2, Part #~ and fill the reducer with recommended Use the standard vinvl oil gauge for a red' operating in
oil. Refer to Tablev -11-A-14 for standard oil, allowable ambient temperature'-4°F to 100°F (- to 40°C), Where
viscosity, quantity, an hange interval. The oil level must the reducer is used at ambient temg tures greater than
be to the upper red line he oil level gauge while the unit 100°F (40 q or less thall-4°F' " 0q, a glass gauge set
o
is not operating, and above " 0 lower red line during or a dipstick is recommended
operation. If too much oil is s led, the unit's operating The oil level gauge can b ttached on either side of the
temperature will rise due to the c ing heat of the oil, or casing on horizontal l ] : • Attach on the side that is most
oil will leak across the high speed sli oil seal. convenient for che ,g the oil level. (The oil level gauge is
Before Wilng a vertical base type unit wit I '1, remove the usually attache n the right side when viewed from the
vent plug (Pg, A-3, Fig, A-2, Part #14). Afte . ling, apply slow speed aft end.)
teflon sealing tape to threads of the vent plug l:l re
installing.
When draining oil, remove drain plug (Fig. A-5, Part #
lower side plug of the oil level gauge.
Table A~11. Standard Oils

Ambient
Temperature I1.'! GUlf Oil Mobil Oil
OF °C Fig. A-5
14t041 -10t05
EP Lubricant
H068 '
I Mobilgear" 626
(IS0VG68)
Omala" Oil
68 GR-XPo
32 to 95 1 Q to 35
EP LDub1r~'''~.-;lt "1"'" Spartan'"
EP 100 MobHgear' 627,629
'" .
Omala" Oil
JI
Energol"
GR..XP 100
EP 150 (ISO VG 100,150) 100,150 GR·XP 150
......-..- ->0._._- -".".._-_.- - . - - - - - 1
EP Lubricant Spartan" Mobilgear~ Energol'"
HD 220 EP 220 630,632 Omala"Oil GR-XP 220
HO 320 EP 320 633, 634 220,320, GR-XP 320
HO 460 EP 460 (ISO VG 220-460) 460 GR-XP 460
tes: It] Use trle lower viscosity oil speCified for each ambient temperature range for use in winter or relatively low ambient temperature..
12j Please consult the factory for consistent use in ambient temperatures otl1er than 32"F - 104°F (OOe " 40°C).
A-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BEARINGS, OIL SEALS, GASKETS

Fig. A·9
SI6w Speed Shaft High Speed Shaft

Table A·20. Slow Speed Shaft Bearing
Frame Size
Sin Ie Reduction..·..·--..-·,--...:..:.:==-::.:.:=..--=D-o-ub,.-,j,....e-=R,....e-cd-uc-ct,-io-n--_ - - -=--..,.--,--=-~~~-=-=..=.::;-:-::--=--=-.....,..."..,...~
6060 6065 6 OOA, 6065DA
i-'--- ......._. ··_--..···..· T_-...--.. . .6 .~

6090,6095
-_ ......·--6100, 6105. 610H
6610090000AA"..66_..01.p9.....5§.oD_AA.._
. ... r
--·_···.. 61"1'0;6115 I - ! ---:63~----j---~c--_'
6120,6125, 612Ff··-· ··- ..·f-.. . .-·.. 6i20DA, 6125DA, 612008, 612508·_····.. ··....··1..·..- """63~,..----+----,'3E----J
·· .... ··· ..·6130.6135 . e13Ol57(61350'A-61;l9P8, 613508, 61300C, 61350C, 62
--i3T40;·iH;'l5-:!31"'i"H 6140DA, 6145DA, 614008,614508, 61400C, 61450C! 2221
6160,61'65"-- 6160DA, 6165DA, 616008, 6165DI§·,"61600C, 61650C 3TM-6
6170,6175 .-.-.. -'6TioiS'A: 61750A, 617008, 617508, 6170DC:6175i5C-f--~62:2""1E~"'-'---+-----o;~=----I
. ·····-..-_···..·..6180, 6185 --S180DA;-6185DA, 618008, 618508 621
"6190;'6T9'tr' .__._1 61900A, 6195DA, 619008,619508 622 '<lR(1)
6205 62050A, 6205D8 .-.-.-....- - - 22220
6215 ------jI"""'_ _- -._ ·· - ·-"'!·-~1 -OA. 6 1 OB ..-
- -.. .--6225'--..·.. . -·
}-. -'6""2~3:;:_5_-_-t__-
•.•_-...._.
6245
1------..
6255
' - - - - + - - ---
~·65----- +.....-------~~rr-.- . - .-.. -.._----jl---~~~~:=-----+----'-..=
6275
Table A-21. High Speed Shaft Bearing

_ .. _._.._ _-,-- . :. F.:.:ra:::.:ln:..:.;e=-=.Si:.::z.::e..__ - - - - - - - - - - - J l I c - ; ; : - - . . , - - Hiqh Speed Shaft
Bearing·C" \ Bearing 0 I Eccentric
I! Qty.
Single Reduction
6060, 6065
6070,6075
...._"""'I!!M'!""I!!!'ll!l'!!!"""'_ P--.- - @iS@I!I;';; 81SiiiM:, &; iQ6il1, C1 iGIi?-~ -
-
Double Reduction
....Q.QQ.QP:0J..3.Q!35DA 6070DA, 6075DA
' . .
- - -
Part #3.02 I Part #3.03
6301
Part #3.04
- '-~~~m~~~!fL~~~~1f£~~~
ovu
63012 607YXX
1-..._ .......2.~.2.':..<-"o""\.uo"""-::---+-----:::-61T';2C'0~""D"'B-, 6""'1'""2'"'SO=B,'' ' '6 f3'6b"'8'C'","6:7

1S;:;;5=-'0"'B',-;:;"6"14';";0"'0""8',;:;C6':;-:14;-;:5""D"'B-,_+f'--::: .",r
6090,6095 6160DA, 6165DA, 61'i'00A, 61750A 6302 8H2 63 22 Refe to
6100.. 6105,610H 61300C, 61350C, 61400C, 61456c,-6166i3B~.-;::6:716·;:;;5::;:O;-;:B',+---lI--+---I-- Table -22
617008J...,9175DB. 61800A. 61G5DA 6302 8H2 63 22 I
..-_·_···6Ti·[:&1-..L-;::-5.-- - - - + . ;_-~_-~~;;,-:::;-:c;;;:-;==:::-;;::-....".,.,=~-::7:==-~=;=;c;-_-+-"'63::c::O:=2-'FS=H~-j_ _I3.~. ?.~ J 61mS, 1GSS 2
6120. 6125,612H 61£ODG, 6165DC. 6170DO, 61750C, 6i900A, 63 4 ! 63 5Z I
6195DA,6205DA
Refer to
6't30,6135 6305 6306 TableA.. 22
~,6225DA
4l , 14b, 14M _..•.•'?~I:J.~':!_ _ -;;tk'::-j\.V~t_-l
.......... 6160.6165, 616H 621SD'21..9.g?.?.Q.&..\:>.g4.?.Q.6 6307R 6308
c--··-"-··6T70~·6175 6255DA,625508 6406 6407-·......... 617Y?(; f-
.........
! - -..-·~26·;:-~·--
6190 61°5 ==1
..................13.180, 6185 . -···.........···f······.. ·· 623508.624508
62550B,.§265D6,..p.?.l~DA
6407
··64'68········· 6411
6409
I NJ310EV7 1-2T3fiVf--' ""--'620GXX

618YSX
,619Y8X
2
2
2
/-----6:;::'2::-71-::.c~-··--··- · ·1-·_ ·--·- ---- - - - NJ311EV16 21311V1 621G-XX :2
....._-... 6225 I '-N,J312EV11 21312V1 622GXX 2
··-.. .·····..·. . . ·. ··..·6235 Nj3f3"EV11·-· ·..·..··'2T3"f4Vi 623GXX 2
- - - ·..··..6 245..·····.. N,J314EV7 21315V1 ·····--S24GXX 2
6255 '-'-'1 . _-_·_..······_··..·.·.·.. ·.·.··..·TU316EVI 21318Vl 625GXX 2
6265 J ""'."" "" NJ31iE\i1' 21318V1 i 626GXX 2
j---'~6275-- NJ417 222228LT..···T··.. ·627GXX --i~
Nole: [1] For grease lubricated models, a sealed bearing should be used, which ohanges the follOWing letters in the part nUlnberto those shown in
bold: NR (Std.) - ZNR; NXR - ZNXR; None _. add Z.
A-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BEARINGS, OIL SEALS, GASKETS

18 1-02 5-02 5·04 5-03 3-02 3-04 3-03 19
,
1~'
~RetajningRi~9
1 ,
• Retaining Ring
Slow Speed Shaft Intermediate Shaft High Speed Shaft

(For Double Reduction Units)
Table A-22. Eccentric Bearing
-~ .. ~.-
Frame Size
--"-'
_.. ...
High Speed Shaft
~,'~~ ~ ,~r
Motor Shaft 6130,6135 6140,6145 616q, 6165
Part #3-04 ...-
...... .-
~, Intermediate
~ Shaft
Part #5-04 6090DA 6100DA 6120DA, 61250A 6130DA,6 P50A 6140DA,6145DA 6160DA,6165DA
~i
6095DA 6'105DA 61200B,612508 613008,6 :;50B 614008,61450B 61600B,616508
61300C,6 35DC 6140DC, 61450C 6i60DC, 61650C
Reduction ~ i
-_........... I...
Ratio
1--......
6 ...... __ '"" .................
. 60906YRX..-_._-
.............
6100608VRX
...
6120608YRX
....... _
......._. SX
61406-11 61406-11YSX
..........
_.~
...... -
6160608VRX2
-
8 6090B-15YSX
. I -_6100608YRX
.....
,
6120608YRX
-
II 61406-11 SX 61406-11YSX
I.. 6160608YRX2
..
11 ,~~~~
-
i ~.
--_........._.. " ~ III

61406-11 YSX -_
61406·'11 ..YSX I 61611-'15YSX
_ .........- 13
15
. ...__
60908-15YSX
60908-15YSX
6101H5YRX
61011-15YRX
6121317YSX
_.........-.........
6121115YSX
...
I 61413-17YSX
61413"17YSX
61413-17YSX
".
61413-17YSX
! 61611-15YSX
61611-15YSX
.. .....
~ _H!~~_ 'H'"
o ..-
..- ... _ _ ••• HH _ _ •••• _ _ _
,..........,. \i
-
17 60917YSX
_.... 61 '17YSX I 6121317YSX 61413..17YSX 61413-17YSX
i
! 61617-25YSX
21 I 60921YSX 61021YRX 61221YRX 6142i'25YSX .\.... 6142125YSX .._....1... 61617..25YSX
.".
25 ····r.. · a092529YSX
...-
6102529YRX
...
6122529YSX
-
.
6142i25YSX i 6142125YSX
. .-
61617..25YSX
29 ... ·-~9YSX
" . ""
I 6102529YRX 6122529YSX 6i42935YSX II 6142935YSX 6162935YSX
1----.
35 ......r--e093SYSX 1-.. . . ·61 035YR~. 61235YRX
-..........
6142935YSX
-1---
- ..
6142935YSX
_.....
...
6162935YSX
43
1---..... ....__··.·H.·"
60943YSX
.....- I 61043YSX
. ......... 61243YSX I
61443-59YSX 61443-59YSX
.. - 6164351YSX
51 .. -..__._ .... 60951YRX
.....,. .. J 61 051 YRX
"-"T
61251S9YSX
6125159YSX
_. 61443·59YSX 61443-59YSX
_.......
6i443-59Y8X
6164351YSX
6i659YSX
--
59
-
71
--
60959Y8X
60971YRX
61059YRX
.....
61071YRX J
6127187YSX
61443-59YSX -
...__......................
6147187YSX 614718'7YSX 6167iYRX2
.. ~- .......... .._._.~
- H .............. .-
87
-
.....
609S7YSX 61087YRX I 6127187YSX
. -_ 6147187YSX 6147'187YSX iI 61687YSX
.....
...
119 609119YSX I 610119YSX ... - - !
j
Bearing No. stamp.ed

on Surface
l
:, o',)S':'"'' .~
Eccentric Bearing Single Type Eccentric Bearing Double Type Eccentric And Bearings For Eccentric
FrameSlzes Frame Sizes FrameSlzes
A-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table A~23. Intermediate Shaft Bearing

1
Intermediate Shaft Intermediate Shaft
--
Frame Size Eccentric Frame Size Eccentric
Bearing F Bearing G Bearing Qty. Bearing F Bearing G
Bearing Qty.
Part #5-02 Part #5-03 Part #5-02 Part #5-03
Part 415·04 Part #5·04
6060DA. 6065DA 6301 6909 6D7YXX 1 6180UA,61850A._ 6,Uf 0: J8 6H:l' ,x" ..... r--_.~-
'~~'-"-
I !
. ~~?.9E~, 6075DA 6301 6909 607YXX 1 618008,618508 6 07 •. _- 6 3 618" X 2
6090DA, 6095DA 63D2RSH2 j' 6007 --_ 6190DA,6195DA
.._.... 6 08 6 0_....·M.__..· 619\ X 2
1-'---.-'-''-......
__
~._-
61 DODA. 6105DA 6302RSH2

.. ....... _- 6007 6190D8, 6195D8 6 08 6 3 619Y pX 2
61200A,6125DA 6304
'.----
6001 62050A NJ3 o'E'V?'--! 6: 0 S20G X I 2
1'-"-" i
6120D8.6125DB ... 6304 6205 62050B NJ3 OEV7 6 0 620(; X I 2
~~1B ~
I
..~~300A, 6135DA I 6305 6007 ! f\2iC' (X ?
Refer to
6130DB,613508
1----- .
6305 6206 ! Table A-22
1 622GXX 2
61300C. 6135DC 6305 ... 6206 62350A, 623508 NJ313EV11 6314 623GXX 2
I
6140DA. 6145DA
________••c............___ 6305 eOO? -_. 62450A NJ314EV7 6315 624GXX 2
61400B,614508 6305 6206 6245D8 NJ314EV7 6316 624GXX 2
62550A!6255D·Br"'NJ316§'y~_._. i
1
6140DC,
._"_. __
........ 6145DC '
~~
6305 6206 6318 625GXX I
I 2
---~
6160DA, 61650A 62650A NJ317EV1 6320 626GXX 2

6307R 6207 ... '
..61 t?0OB.616508 .... ~.

6275DA NJ417 22220RH 627GXX _
...- ..... .._........- 2
,..----_._-_ -
B1600C, 6165DC
........ 6307R 6208 ... -_ ~
I ..... ~.-
61700A, 61750A
61700B,6175D8
6406
__ 6207 6'17YSX 2 ---_...
1--------- ... ...... . .--........... I _..'--
6i700C, 61750C i 6406 6208 617YSX 2 1 !
Table A·24. Oil Seals

-_._.._.._...- Slow Speed Shaft Part
... #18 ..-,- Speed Shaft Part #19
_.._...._....._....-.._High
Frame Size Dimension (mm) Qua_~_!!!y L_..,t:?!~~sion (mm)
Typ,I' W) Quantity
. . x . .x Shaft Shaft . .x . .X
BORO SOR!"
6070, 6075 o i 30 x 47 x 8 1 S 17 x 30 x 6 ! 1
U .....~~...~ :X8 .~.........._.........._ S l/X 1
6090. 6095 0 50x x12 ......_. 1 1 I 20x ox7 i 1
- 6100, 6105
- -.............._..._.
6110.6115
0
D
... .... ~ -_ 50 x
...._._-
55x 8 .....x12
x12
_.........
1 ......... .
1
_ ._---_
1
_..........1-._.
.... S
S
S
20 x ox7
20 x ::>x7
1
1
-_.
8120 6125 D 65 x9 x13 1 1 0 32 x DXS 1
6130,6135 0 38 x 58 xii I 1
......... . ·..1 ...
6140,6145 D 65 x 8 x12 1 I
2 _. .._..... U 38 X 58 X 1.2....._..___".... 1
6160,6165 D _. 85 x 1 Px 13 ___
.. 1.. ..........-... 2 0 , 55x78x12 I _-_
.. 1 ....._-_..
6170,6175 0 95 x 1 x15 1
..---
2 0 I 60x82x12 1
...._- ...... 6180,6185 0 . _••• M·.. ···t·_..··_ 110 xi .s x 15 _ _--

-_.. 1.... 2 0 65x88x12 1
--. -._-
I 120 x.1 5 x 16 2 S 70 x88 x 10 1
6190,6195
6205
D
0 120d f5 x 16
1
..........__ ..""',..........i
·-r-··.. . . . .2.. s 70 x 88 x 10 I 1
-
...... .~
.-
I
~
6215 0 1 2 S 75x100x13 1
I 2
6225
6235_.
D
0 ~~o x x
,1
...- _... 2
S _.-
-_.............
S
75 x 100 x 13
85 x 110x 13
- _._.-....--..1_---
1
6245
"' ..
I
0 _._-_
170x 200 x 16.. 1 2 ........ S 95x 120 x 13. 1
_
....... ... 6255 0 ................ \ 190x225)(16 ,.
I
1 2 S ... 110 x 140 x 14 1 ...
6265 0 200 x 240x 20 I 1 2 .... S 110x140x14 1
6275 0 I 230 x 270 x 20 1 I 2 S 120x150x14 1
Nota: [1] 0 Indicates lip (dust proof and seal lip) type.
A-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISASSEMBLYI ASSEMBLY
Disassembly
SM-CYCLO"" Reducers are designed to provide 8. Remove the spacer ring (2-05).
maximum ease when disassembing and reassembling; 9. The eccentric (3-04) can be removed from the
they require no special maintenance skills. input sliaft (3-01) after taking out the retaining ring
1. Remove the complete SM-CYCLoe Reducer with (3-10) and the inner bearing raceway (Figs. A-iS,
adaptor (motorized type) from the driven machine. A-16).
2. Remove the plug at the bottom of the oil gauge to Note: In certain sizes, the eccentric bearings are
drain all oil from the unit roller bearings without a retainer. Remove bearings of
the top disc before proceeding with the next step.
3. Remove the cooling fan cover and fan from those
Speed Reducers (not motorized) equipped with a 1O. Take out the second disc located on the motor
cooling fan, and stand the unit on a solid base with its side. (Also remove second disc bearings and
high speed shaft side down. Remove the through bolts eccentric with inner bearing raceway if required.)
for the high speed end shield, ring gear housing, and 11. Remove the ring gear housing (2-01).
lift the slow speed side, thus separating the unit into 12. Follow these steps to remove the slow speed
two parts so that the inner mechanism can be removed shaft (1 -01) with its bearings from the casing (26): (a)
(Figs. A-12 ~ Ai?). Remove the horizontal oil seal housing (25). (b) With
Note: If the reducer is motorized (C-adaptor and a wooden or hard rubber mallet, rap the inner end of
coupling) remove the motor and coupling before the slow speed shaft to expose the retaining ring"
following the procedure outlined above. As a final step, from the outer raceway of the bearing. (c) Remove
remove the adaptor and cooling fan. the retaining ring. (d) Rap the outer end of the slow
speed shaft with a wooden or hard rubber mallet, and
4. If the unit will not separate easily, gently drive a remove it tram the casing.
wedge at the line X shown in Fig. A-ion page A-3 (if i 3. The high speed shaft (3-01) with bearings is
this produces a burr, be sure to remove it before removed from the high speed shatt end shield (8) by
reassembly). tapping the shaft end after tirst taking off the retaining
5. To lift the slow speed side, attach an eyebolt to the ring (3-1i).
tapped hole on the end of the slow speed shaft and 14. The cycloid disc is made from heat-treated
use a hoist or chain block (Fig. A-12). bearing steel and the spacer ring is cast iron. Take
6. Take out the slow speed shaft rollers, item i -06, care not to strike them together while handling.
page A-3 (Fig. A-13). Check the slow speed shaft pins The above instructions cover complete disassembly.
(1 -01) to see whether any rollers have adhered to In ordinary cases, however, only the removal of the
them. cycloid discs and the eccentric, and removal of the
7. Using both hands, lift out the top cycloid disc (2-04) slow speed shaft from the slow speed end cap is
on the slow speed side (Fig. A-14). necessary.
"Note: Retaining ring is part of bearing A
(Part No. 1-02).
Assembly
SM-CYCLOiJ Reducers are reassembled by reversing 4. Insert the spacer (3"07) and then insert the
the disassembly procedure. Care must be taken to eccentric with bearings by rapping with a wooden or
exclude dust or foreign matter from the moving parts, hard rubber mallet (Fig. A-16).
and to see that gaskets are properly placed to make the
assembly oil-tight. 5. Insert the other spacer and the inner bearing
raceway. Secure them with the retaining ring
Following are some helpful points to remember when (Fig. A-i5).
assembling SM-CYCLO'''' Reducers. 6. Set the spacer ring in place.
1. Set the ring gear housing and insert the ring gear 7. Insert top disc in such a way that the mark is
pins and rollers; then test-rotate the pins and rollers by 180 0 opposed to the mark on the bottom disc
hand. (Apply grease liberally to the ring gear pins and (Fig. A~13).
rollers before they are inserted in grease lubricated
SM-CYCLO$ Reducers.) 8. Insert slow speed shaft rollers (Fig. A-i3).
9. Put the slow speed shaft pins into the rollers (Fig.
2. Cycloid discs are a matched pair. Each carries the A-12). The above instructions are for eccentric
same number stamped on one side of the disc. bearings with retainer. Following are the instructions
3. Set the cycloid disc with the stamped number face up suggested for roller bearings without retainer.
as shown in Fig. A-17. a. First insert the eccentric with inner raceways of
bearings by rapping with a wooden or hard rubber
mallet
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<>
Fig. A-i2 Fig. A-13 Fig. A·14 Fig. A-i5
Fig. A-iS Fig. A-i7
Note: Insert second disc with

number fecing slow speed side.
exactly 180' opposed 10 number
on first elisc.
Note: Set disc with number facing
slow speed side. - - - - - - '
b. Apply grease to the raceway of the eccentric on the Assembly Of Output Side (6060-612H)
disc. Fix the rollers and set disc in place. 1. Assemble the "B" bearing (Part 1'10. 1-03) on tile slow
c. Insert the spacer ring and set second disc in such a speed shaft (Part No. 1-01). Heating of "B" bearing is
way that mark is 180 0 opposed to mark on the bottom I'ecommended for easier assembly.
disc. Note: Do not exceed temperatme of 200"F.
Eccentric Bearing Replacement Precautions 2. Assemble the casing (Part No. 26) over the slow speed
The eccentric bearings are specially designed for in- shaft (Part No. 1·01), being sure to maintain "X" (Fig. A-18).
stallation on 8M-CYCLO'" Reducers. They are special 3. Carefully tap bearing "AU (Part No, 1-02) onto the slow
roller bearings without outer raceways (refer to the list speed shaft (Part No. 1-01) until the bearing is flush with the
of bearings on pages A-12 - A-13). shoulder of the casing.
It is necessary to insert replacement bearings with 4. Place the collar (Part No. 1-04H) onto the slow
numbered surfaces of the inner raceways facing speed shaft (Part No. 1-01). Heating the collar is
outward. Note that incorrect insertion of the bearings recommended for easier assembly.
(Le., insertion of bearings with numbered surfaces 5. Insert the oil seal (Part No. 18), lip in, into the casing
inside) causes trouble. (Part No. 26).
Disassembly and Assembly of Sizes 6060-6095
SM-CYCLO~) Reducers Note: Measure for dimension "X" preferably in 3 places to
Small sizes 6060-6095 have a single disc system, so insure proper spacing.
they differ in construction from larger sizes in the Fig. A-18
following ways:
1. A balance weight is provided in lieu of the two-disc
system. Refer to figure A-18. X"Dimension (inches)
2. The balance weight must be positioned exactly 180" Frame Size Dimension
as opposed to that of the eccentric. 6060/65
__ 0.046 ± 0.007
. b _ ~ ' _
3. There are no end plates on either side of the 6070175

eccentric. in all other respects, 6060-6095 have 6080/85 0.042 ± 0.007
exactly the same construction as the larger sizes. 6090/95 0.046 ± 0.007
Follow the instructions given under "Disassembly and 6100/05 0.046 ± 0.007
Assembly". fi10H
--1----1
Disassembly Of Output Side (6060-6i2H) 6110/15/201 0.042 ± 0.007
25,612H
1. With casing supported, tap output shaft until it is
disengaged from casing.
2. Remove bearing "A" by using pulling tool.
3. Replace all bearings, gaskets and seals when
reassembling. (Pages A-11 - A-13).
A-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DAILY INSPECTION
1. Visuafly check the oil level gauge on the vertical fluctuation is small. If temperature rises rapidly from a
unit, forced-lubricated type. Check lubrication flow by stable condition, add the recommended oil or grease
viewing piping set and oil signal (Part No. 41). FaUlty (Tables A-7 and A-1i). A rapid temperature rise may
operation is caused by a lack of lubrication oil, be caused from a lack of lubrication.
damage to the plunger pump (Part No. 42) or the
If after lubricating unit, the problem persists, stop
positive displacement pump (Part No. 43) or the
operation and consult factory.
clogging of pipes, etc. In case of faUlty operation, stop
and inspect the unit i m m e d i a t e l y . ' 3. When an abnormal sound is heard from inside the
unit, stop operation and inspect the unit.
2. A temperature rise of approximately 105°F (40.6°C)
abo,ve ambient on the surface of the ring gear housing 4. if the lubrication oil leaks, replace the damaged or
(Part No. 2-01) is allowable jf the temperature worn pali with a new one. (Refer to Part No. 1-04H,
Page A-3.)
Ordering Correct Replacement Units Or Parts

The SM·CYCLO~ is fully standardized to offer maximum Name Plate on SM-CYCL00
part interchangeability among models of the same frame
size. However, there are many frame sizes, models and
types in the production range of SM-CYCLQ0. Therefore
to get correct replacement units or parts. proper
information to identify the speed reducer in question is
essential. The name plate, which is secured to the body MODEL
of the drive, provides this identifying data. RATIO SERVICE FACTOR
Please give the full description shown on the name plate INPUT HP RPM
to your distributor. Be sure to include the SERIAL OUTPUT TORQUE I~HB
NUMBER and MODEL NUMBER. This information, SERIAL NO.
along with our production records, will enable us to
provide you with the correct replacement unit or parts.
Storage And Operation After Storage

Storage 6 Months-1 Year Operation After Storage () Months-1 Year
Oil-Lubricated Oil-Lubricated
1. Completely fill unit(s) with a rust-preventive oil 1. Completely drain the rust preventive, or circulating
(NP20 or eqUivalent) or a circulating oil (Shell VBl No. oil from unit.
100 or equivalent).
2. Flush unit with the recommended operating oil as
2. At approximately 3 month intervals, rotate the input shown in Table A-ii.
shaft a sufficient number of times to insure all internal
3. After flushing, fill the unit to the proper oil level with
components remain coated. (The higher the ratio, the
the recommended lUbricating oiL
greater the amount of rotations needed for proper
lubrication.) Grease-Lubricated
. Grease-Lubricated Add % of the recommended quantity of new grease as
shown in Table A·i O.
Grease-lubricated models do not require any special
attention during storage. (Inspect unit before Note: Consult the factory before operating units stored
operation.) for periods greater than 1 year.
Note: For both the Of/-Lubricated and Grease-
Lubrjcated models, if units are to be stored for a
period exceeding 1 year, consult factory.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING AND RE IR
This troubleshooting gUide is to help you identify and overcome comrnon problems of reducers. If you have a problem
not listed below, please consult factory.
PROBLEM WITH POSSIBLE SUGGESTED

THE REDUCER CAUSES REMEDY
/-------,-------.------.-.-.. .--..- . - . - + - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - . - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
Load exceeds the Check rated capacity of reducer, replace with
Overloading
capacity of the reducer. unit of sufficient capacity or reduce load.
i Check lubricant level and adjust up to

Insufficient lubrication. i recommended levels.
Runs Hot
r-' ----------I-------·--~_·----------I
Improper I Check lubricant level and adjust down to
Lubrication
I Excessive lubrication. recommended level.
Flush out and refill with correct lubricant as
Wrong lubricant.
recommended.
I Loose Weak mounting Inspect mounting of reducer. Tighten loose bolts
Foundation structure. and/or reinforce mounting and structure.
1----------+-----------.._ . _---
I
i ._ . _~_a.:t_s_ __+_L_o_os-e-ho-ld-d-o\l\-m-b_?!~~:-.--. _._.rT_i9_h_t_en_b_ol_ts_. . ---I
Overloading unit may Disassemble and replace disc. Recheck rated

Worn Disc
result in damage to disc. capacity of reducer.
Runs --.--....---.---\------.=........-----+---........:...-....:.----------.-- - - - - - - - - 1
Noi.sy May be due to lack of Replace bearing. Clean and flush reducer and fin
FaIlure of lubricant. with recommended lubricant.
Bearings f - - t- - - - - . - - - - . -. . . . . . . . - .... -----+---------~ ..----.-------j
. Overload. Check rated capacity of reducer, replace with unit
I __.._ . ; ...__._..__..__ of sufficient capacity or reduce load.
I Ins.ufficient Level of lubricant in the Check lubricant level and adjust to

I Lubr'cant red.uce.r not properly fact r ended I vel
I Dama~~d-. Pl~~---- -m-a.-In-ta-l-n-~d-·------+I-D-iS-:-~:~::~~:d rePla:e ~1~9 gear pins and-·-"-·-

I & Rollers Overloading of reducer. rollers. Check load on reducer.
I
!
- -- 1-----------+------------------------ .
Input Shaft Overloading of reducer Replace broken shaft. Check rated capacity of
Broken can cause damage. reducer.
1-------1---------"-----. - - -----------------
Key missing or sheared
. Replace key.
Output Shaft off on input shaft.
Does Not Tum f - - - - - - - - -....- - - - - - - - - - - J..- -.-..- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j
~
E?Centrlc L.ack of lubricant. Replace eccentric bearing. Flush and refill with
Beanng Broken recommended lubricant.
- - - - _ . _.. j - - - - - - - - - - - j - - ---"'-
Coupling loose or Properly align reducer and coupling. Tighten
disconnected. . , co_~plin...§~_. _
. .-..--..- ----+\ --W-o~~~. ···-..........··....- Caused by dirt or grit ; Replace seals. Br-ea-t-h-e-rf-il-te-r-m-a-y-b-e-c-Io-g-g-e-d-.- J
I Seals entering seal. Replace or clean filter.
, Check lubricant level and adjust to recommended
. Overfilled reducer.
level.
Oil -_.. .- ._-------+----_.._ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j
Leakage Clean or replace element, being sure to prevent
Vent clogged.
any dirt from falling into the reducer.
-.----------+--------------------1
Improper mounting
position, such as wall or I Mount horizontally or rework reducer to wall or
celling mount of celling mount.
I i horizontal reducer.
A-17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
toe
roduct
.
mW,!'>¥4ISA _%. g GJ.1~a;x;;;;:ii.•.£ "'W;&M~* i¥.. ;:;Z; .
. Catalog
,w#::;w;..,.4t%i<'ii£??8l$IiE .44-....4;:::_ ." ...SA.'>'~da))8..3\;:;:g;,... _P.,.pt...gidkt ..? ~&Nli;:z:;zt.
Effective: March 12,2001
Generators
" -.
DC Motors
& Controls
Premium
Efficiency
Commercial
Duty
Washdown
Motors &.
Controls
Large Frame AC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products: AC Motors: IDNM3542: Baldor Electric Company, a leader in energy efficient... Page I of 1
HOME I BlIY I co!
General IniFormatio,n
Specifications
Catalog Number:
Description: .7'SHP,l725RPf'1,3PH,60HZ,56C,3520
Ship Weight: 1105.
Drawings Ust Price: 437,00
Multiplier 5'111'11001:
More Information
I Return
• ~10tors include provisions for encoder feedback Conveyors, pumps, fans, metal proc
rnounting used with closed loop velocity or compressors, test stands, and matel
motor controls r"quiprnent. Designed for Inverter or
NEr"1A HG 1, Part 31 applications where up to a 1000:1 0<
speed range is required.
I I I Investor Relations I
Baldor Electric Company is an equal oppoltunity employer.
Copyright @ 2001-2008 BaldoI' Electric Company. All rights reserved.
site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.
http://www.baldor.com/products/detaiLasp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3 542&product=AC+Mot... 1/17/2008

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products: AC Motors: IDNM3542: Baldor Electric Company, a leader in energy efficient ... Page 1 of 1
[IDNM3542
HOME I BUY I CO!
General Information
....
Catalog Number:
Specification ~Jumber: 35T995~
-l Performanc",D3ta
HOI'sepower: .75 TE
Voltage:
-l Drawing", !"lertz:
Phase:
Full Antps:
!'~ore Information
at 208 Volts: N/A
1725
Franle Size: 56C
Service Factor: 1.00
40C I'WID'C~UI"
I R.etunl to Ust Locked Rotor Code: N/A
NEilJA Design Code: B
Insulation Class: H
Full Load Efficiency: 80
POlNer Factor: N/A
Enclosure: N/A
Baldor Type: 35201\1
DE Bearing: 6205
ODE Bearing. 6203
Electrical Specification Number: 35W01864
[vlechanical Specification Number: 35T995
Base: RG
fvlounting: 1'1
For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.
I NeW$LE:V<2;t1t!i I I Investor Relations I t:!Qme

BaldorElectric CompanY is all equal opportunity emploYer.
Copyright @ 2001-2008 Baldol- Electric ji,11 rights resen/ed.
This site worl<$ best with Intemet Explorer and 4.x and above.
http://www.baldor.com/products/specs.asp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3542&product=AC+Moto...1/17/2008
TABLE
ACOF CONTENTS
Motors: IDNM3542 Page 1 of 1
Pn}c!iJct Quick
HOME I EUY I WI
General Information
CreatePDFI (Note:
Product Nameplate Data

Rated Output HP NEi'1A Nom, Eff. 80
Volts 230/460 Power Factor 81
l\1ore Information
Full L.oad Amos 2,2/1. 8 Service Factor
Speed 1725 LR I<VA Code Rating - Duty 40C AlvJE
Genera! Characterstics at 460 V, 60 0.75 l,iP

I Return to list
Full Load Torque 2,3 LB-FT Starting Current 8,5 Amp
Start Configuration DOL No-Load Current 0,65/1,m
Break Down Torque 8,3 LS+T Line,line Resistance @ 25° C 22.8 Ohl
Pull-Up Torque 5 LB-FT Temperature Rise, C @ FL (in deg) 66
Locked-Rater Torque Temp, Rise @ S.F, Load (In deg)
Load Characteristics at 460 VI 60 liz, 0.'75 P

°
(Yo of Rated L.oad 50 100 125 150
Power Factor 38 55 71 80 82 86
Efficiency 68 77,9 79,9 80.4 79,6 78,2
Speed (rpm) 1783 1766 1754 1733 1714 1696
Line Amperes 7 0.85 0,95 1.1 1.35 1.55
* For certified inforrnatloll, contact your local BaldoI' office.
I I
BaldoI' Electric Company iro Em
Copyright @ 2001-2008 BaldoI' reserved.
This site wor!,s best with Internet Exploret' and Nets(;a!J,e 4.)( and above.
http://www.baldor.com/products/perfdata.asp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3542&product=AC+M...1/17/2008
LO
Ol
Ol
>:
..J
LO
'"
510-520 = 13.84
I 521-528 = 14.84 I
529-535 = 15.72
536-546 = 17.01
1 6.62 I
[-2.06-
5'73~.
1-2.78--
----r--
-h-.13 4.52
1-2.59-
~1.88-
45' 45'
.19 KEY
/1.38 LONG
o
NAMEPLATE / THERMAL
I o o (WHEN REQ'O)
6.51
6.81
~~-
- Tn ... ~' ..
l- - 1--1- --+- - \~ ---
I
1 o I 0.
1
PLUG!
~ 3'0°it'75- l-
(EACH SIDE)
.66 2.4±1
2.44-l
4 SLOTS
LEAD HOLE
.34 WIDE 4..32 .88 DIA I I 4.62 3.25
I ~~ I
CUSTOMER is RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMiNiNG THAT MOTOR PERFORMANCE is SUITABLE IN THE APPLICATION.
REV. DESC: CORRECT DESCRIPTION
REV. LTR: A I
VERSION: 01 I TOR: 000000409040 I BALDOR ELECTRIC Co.
FILE: \AAA\00111\690 I REVISED: 16:26:4209/22/2006 I BY: ENBRAMO I u"'07 CC,.. = . . . . .coo ' ......0 = 0 (TWO" cu " ••,.. u.f ,.."'....0 '
I C00005
l-BLU
LOW VOLTAGE HIGH VOLTAGE

(2Y) (lY)
4 5 6
4-YEL @)4 ~5 (9)6
1------------------- J-BRN
......I ,
7-PNK I
I
I
LTJ
I
I
I
OPTIONAL 789 17 Is 19
~
I
$ $ @
:I THERMOSTATS
I
42
rrr
l...............
...... 'Y,.. ....... $1 J>3
<.... .. )
'~_ .J~ ...
~8-RE~------- J-BRN
9-GRY
5-BLK LINE
3-0RG/
LINE
~2-\'IHT
NOTES:
1. INTERCHANGE ANY TWO LINE LEADS TO REVERSE
ROTATION.
2. OPTIONAL THERMOSTATS ARE PROVIDED WHEN
SPECIFIED.
3. ACTUAL NUMBER OF INTERNAL PARALLEL CIRCUITS
MAY BE A MULTIPLE OF THOSE SHOWN ABOVE.
4. LEAD COLORS ARE OPTIONAL. LEADS MUST ALWAYS BE
NUMBERED AS SHOWN. ~
REV. DESC: REVISE TO SHOW OPTIONAL COLORS

REV. LTR: E I BY: JLP IREVISED: 01/19/99 10: 15 I TOR: 01 71435 BALDOR ELECTRIC Co.
g00008
FILE: AAA00005140 I MDL: - 3PH. DV. 9 LEADS
MTL: -
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
(1) THE TORQUE CONTROL IS AN ELECTRO - MECHANICAL DEVICE DESIGNED TO
PROTECT THE DRIVE AND MECHANISM FROM OVERLOAD CAUSED BY EXTREME
TORQUE BUILD - UP DUE TO A VARIETY OF UNUSUAL OPERATING CONDiTIONS.
j\\ ADJUSTABLE CAMS

(DO NOT ALTER POSITION) <2>
THE DEVICE IS ACTUATED BY THE TORQUE ARM OF THE ADAPTER PLATE UPON
WHICH THE SPEED REDUCER IS MOUNTED, SLJPPORTED BY A PIVOT BEARING, WHICH
IS FREE TO ROTATE IN REACTION TO THE TORQUE LOAD BEING IMPOSED UPON THE
SPEED REDUCER. THE TORQUE ARM EXERTS A FORCE AGAINST A CALIBRATED
I \ I
1/
CAMSHAFT COMfORESSION SPRING. AS TORQUE ON THE SCRAPER MECHANISM INCREASES THE
SPRING DEFLECTION MOVEMENT IS TRANSMITTED BY A VERTICAL ROD TO THE
SHAFT UPON WHICH THE CAMS ARE MOUNTED. THE POSITION OF THE CAMS TO
\,J.:.~ THE ROLLERS OF THE LIMIT SWITCHES HAS BEEN SET IN WESTECH'S SHOP FOR
PUSH TO CHECK n Ii ~J - II
ALARM AND CUTOUT. THE PERCENTAGE OF TORQUE LOAD IS INDICATED BY A
POINTER AND A SCALE VISIBLE FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT. UNDER NORMAL
OPERATION OF
SWITCHES
<V LL
2
\' - - --1J I---J CONDITIONS TORQUE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO ACTUATE THE ALARM CONTROLS.
~ ~
~ c:b.
1
,-' /'
~. LIMIT SWITCH
ACTUATOR ROLLERS
AS THE TORQUE INCREASES AND THE POINTER MOVES TOWARDS THE UPPER PORTION
OF THE PERCENTAGE SCALE AN ALARM IS ACTUATED ALERTING THE OPERA TOR OF
LOAD
,
IND~g~NT~~~ --
--- -
I J
I I I \
~~ (DO NOT ALTER
POSITION)<2>
AN IMPENDING OVERLOAD. IF THE OVERLOAD CONDITION IS NOT CORRECTED AND
CONTINUES TO BUILD UP UNTIL THE SECOND SWITCH IS ACTUATED,. THE DRIVE
MOTOR WILL CUT - OUT AND THE MECHANISM WILL AUTOMATICALLY STOP. WITH THE
PLUNGER SCRAPER ARMS STOPPED THERE IS NO OVERLOAD FOR THE TORQUE CONTROL TO
(\> ~. ~ZEROING SGREW
.'&'0 &C
READ, SO WHILE THE OVERLOAD GONDITION IS BEING GORRECTEO, MEANS MUST BE
-1
I I PROVIDED IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT THE MOTOR FROM COMING ON
TORQUE ARM~-} I--_/...l- -_-_-__ PREMATURELY.
& <'I>
C I
""
TL IL - TRAVEL I _ - - _
JJ 'Wm- <2> TO GHECK THE OPERATION OF S"HCHES, THE CONDITIONS OF AN OVERLOAD MAY
BE SIMULATED BY PUSHING THE BRASS ROD COVERED WITH A RUBBER CAP
~ I- - - - - _ _ _ . _ LOCATED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE UNIT. THIS IS' TO BE DONE AT THE TIME OF
~ I START - UP AND WEEKLY AFTER THE MACH!NE IS PUT INTO OPERATION.
<2> DO NOT ALTER THE FACTORY SET POSITION .OF LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATORS AS DAMAGE
TO THE DRIVE AND MECHANISM CAN OCCUR. THIS ALSO VOIDS ANY WARRANTY.
o
. TORQUE ARM COMPRESSION SPRING
RETAINING SCREW
SPRAY OIL (WD-40 OR EQUAL) WEEKLY TO LUBRICATE THE PLUNGER FOR FREE
MOVEMENT. ~
.A
/& TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE

(5) TORQUE TRANSMITTER (OPTIONAL) SHALL BE CALIBRATED TO SHOW 4ma AT ZERO DESCRIPTION
£Co
TORQUE AND 20ma AT FULL DIAL TORQUE.
NUTS ON ZEROING SCREW CAN BE ADJUSTED TO BRING LOAD INDICATING POINTER
UP TO ZERO. TORQUE ARM RETAINING SCREW SHOULD NOT BE USED TO ADJUST TYPE
II SIZE
<2>
THE POINTER.
RETAINING SCREW IS INTENDED TO KEEP THE TORQUE ARM IN PLACE AND TOUCHING DATE
I I
I STD. BY I STD.CHKD. I STD.APPVD \
I NONE
SCALE
111-03!MPWI
I DATE
NK I JJ
\ PROJ. BY \PROJ.CHKD.\PROJ.APPVD
THE PLUNGER AT THE ZERO POSITION ON THE SCALE. THE RETAINING SCREW/BRACKET
IS INTENDED TO BEND OR BREAK IF THE DRIVE IS RUN IN REVERSE. THIS PROTECTS ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARD
THE MECHANISM FROM MORE COSTLY DAMAGE. SPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING.
&. possession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce. use. or disclose. in whole or in port, data contained
ADDED SECOND NUT TO RETAINING SCREW. ADDED NOTES 6 AND 7 TAP JJ 11-07 &, herein for any purpose, without the written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC.; Salt Lake ~ity, Utah
ADDED SECOND NUT TO ZEROING SCREW RHS JAJ 03/06 &. DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
DK JJ 1& WEsTECH ~
NOTE 5 ADDED, OR EQUAL ADDED 5-04
REVISION BY CHKD DATE LTR 7 -8222 81
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REVISION I BY ICHKD I DATE LTR

o
-
& >..0
Z
, -
£ eZ
oW
4 N.O. 3 4 N.O. 3 & (flI

LO
2w
I£. (fll-
elf)
'------
ow
1:;3:
I I L4-
o 0
I I (fl e
~,2
I I 4-
e
(fl
(fl
1 I 2 1 I 2 S'E L
~ ~ e (j)
o
N.C. N.C. Ui e
Q.
(fl (j)
(j)+-,
(fl+-'
~p:
o.~
L (j)
o..c
e+-'
+-'
+-' ::J
9-0
(j)..c
u+-'
~
'3:
4 1 2 3 8 5 6 7 ... TERMINAL STRIP :5 ~

to
a>
NUMBERS IN CD e-
~ ~~ ~
Z::J
Q.
TORQUE BOX a5
U
>.
e
V Y U
~ 0
L
r.:: 0
SW1 SW2 e4-
S.S (j)
NOTES: ~ a;
u..c
(j)u
1. FIELD CONNECTIONS MAY BE WIRED TO N.O. OR N'.C. CONTACTS ::::: (j)
DEPENDING ON FIELD REQUIREMENTS.

E'6
(fl +-'
e e
o 0
2. SWITCH FUNCTiONS SHALL CORRESPOND WITH THE SUGGESTED 1:;U
~2
ELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC "D U
o
e
3. TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT IS SEQUENTIALLY TYPICAL FOR 3 OR 0"';
L
4 SWITCH TORQUE BOXES u~

Z
4. SWITCHES ARE RATED 600 VOLT MAX. -.s
r5
5. MEETS NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 & 13 zOL
C2 (j)
w-
w 0
z..c
0~
TORQUE BOX - TERMINAL BLOCK Ze
w·-
DESCRIPTION IaJ
o Cf)
15
k 7 9 W O
MICROSWITCH #LSA1A 116 X 316 X 316
1-0
If) Cf)
w·- u
TYPE SiZE· 1, X 1 3:
L
4- 0
o
3-88 OTO MKD RAC NONE >..(j)-
+-,Cf)
DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD ~ ::J

SCALE DATE PROJ. BY
. 0. -
o (j)
L ()
ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARD 0.::J
U
SPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A), UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING. Cf)
-
0
L
0lQ.
C ~
DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV. 3:: 0
2+-'
·WEsTECH U Cf)
T8-· GOOA &

+-'
Cf)..c
..cOl
I- .;::
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
PA LI
TABLE OF CONTENTS Weight Qty Qty
Rev
Order Assy Order
DRIVE FABRICATION/ASSEMBLY NOTES a
a
D350G830-20253A C DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATION a
D350G831-20253A A DRIVE ASSEMBLY - PLAN a
a
DRIVE TOTAL WEIGHT =3,174 LBS.lDRIVE a
a
REFERENCE DRAWINGS: a
a
TAG20253A-1,-2 a EQUIPMENT NAME TAG 1 2 a
A60B-001A E FABRICATION AREA CLEANING REQUIREMENTS - "D" a
DRV103 D DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES a
DRV105 a SEALANT/ADHESIVE SPECIFICATION a
P24Z-024A-DRVSTD A WESTECH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - DRIVES a
LUBETAG-20253A a LUBRICATION TAGS 1 2 a
ASMDIAG-20253A a ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM a
MS-0303A a DRIVE ROTATION DIRECTION STICKER 1 2 a
MS-0305A a STORAGE PROCEDURE STICKER 1 2 a
MS-0312A a KEEP HANDS CLEAR STICKER 1 2 a
MS-0313A a KEEP HANDS AWAY FROM GEARS STICKER 1 2 a
MS-0314A a MOVING PARTS BELOW DECK STICKER 1 2 a
MS-0315A A MINIMAX OIL LEVEL STICKER 1 2 a
a
RAKE DRIVE: 0.75 HP RAKE SPEED: .031 RPM a
a
72,8000 FT-LBS. FULL DIAL TORQUE 160% a
63,700 FT-LBS. SHEAR PIN TORQUE 140% a
42,000 FT-LBS. CUTOUT TORQUE 100% a
45,500 FT-LBS. CONTINUOUS TORQUE 100% a
38,675 FT-LBS. ALARM TORQUE 85% a
a
SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING: a
DRIVE STANDARD PER THE COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET a
a
a
ASSEMBLY FASTENER MATERIAL: ASTM A449 ZINC PLATED STEEL a
HARDENED FLAT WASHERS TO BE F436 OR A325 ZP STL a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE a
NOVATO, CALIFORNIA a
(2) 100' DIA. CLARIFIER DRIVE UNITS a
08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description
hotal Weight this Pace/lbs I
Date ProJ. By PrOJ. Chkd. ProJ. Aprvd.
CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST 8050 42"

Document Number Job Number P/LPage No. Rev.
WEsTECH 8989 20253A 0 0

QF-00-051 Pnnted by-MGIOMETTA Pnnted on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12/19/03
Rev
Order Assv Order
101 TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE SS 92 1 2 0
0
103 SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE) CI/STL 1,832 1 2 0
119-015AOO 0 REDUCER SHAFT MODIFICATION -~-- 1 2 0
104 SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY) CI/STL 30 1 2 0
105 RAKE DRIVE MOTOR CI/STL 70 1 2 0
106 109-371B 0 ADAPTER PLATE STL 18 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
111 111-194B07 0 TORQUE ARM (R.H.) STL 66 1 2 0
112 312-156C05 0 UPPER BEARING HOUSING- CASTING CI 84 1 2 0
312-155C05 0 UPPER BEARING HOUSING-MACHINING & ASSEMBLY THE UBH MUST B CI 1 2 0
113 RR-0002A 0 RETAINING RING 3 3/4" EXT STL 1 2 0
114 MS-0194A 0 LOWER SEAL NBRISTL 1 2 0
115 MS-0289A 0 UPPER SEAL NBRISTL 1 2 0
116 BR-0053A 0 UPPER BEARING ~LLOYSTL 24 2 4 0
118 UPPER BEARING LUBE LINE (112 TO 412) BRS/CU 1 2 0
119 GREASE FITTING 1/4 NPT STL 1 2 0
120 120-064COO 0 REDUCER SHAFT ADAPTER ~LLOYSTL 84 1 2 0
121 121G112COO A PINION SHAFT fA.LLOY STL 108 1 2 0
0
123 123G027B05 0 PINION GEAR (15T) ~LLOYSTL 96 1 2 0
124 BR-0001A B PINION BEARING ~LLOYSTL 1 2 0
125 KEY11/4x3/4x61/2 4140 1 2 0
126 MS-0154A 0 PRESSURE RELIEF FITTING STL 1 2 0
127 RR-0018A 0 RETAINING RING 53/4" INT STL 1 2 0
129 KEY 7/8 x 7/8 x 4 (123 TO 121) 4140 1 2 0
0
131 132-089B 0 SHEAR PIN COUPLING STL 12 1 2 0
132 SHAFT COUPLING W/KEY (ORDERED W/104) STL 1 2 0
133 SOCKET HD CAPSCREW 5/8 X 1-112 W/LW (120 TO 121) STL 8 16 0
134 133-093A 0 SHEAR PIN BRS 1 2 0
135 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8 X 1 W/LW (105 TO 103) STL 4 8 0
136 SETSCREW 1/2 X 3/4 (120 TO 103 & 125) STL 2 4 0
0
0
141 CAPSCREW HEX HD1 x4 W/N,LW (103 TO 111) STL 5 10 0
0
0
0
145 MS-0354A 0 MOTION SENSOR W/SWITCH 8 1 2 0
146 900-701B 0 MOTION SENSOR MOUNTING BRACKET SS 2 1 2 0
147 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1/4 x 1 1/2 WIN, LW SS 2 4 0
0
08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description Irotal Weight 2526 this Pagellbs'
CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY

WEsTECH 8989 20253A 1 0

QF-00.Q51 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17,2008 12:10 PM 12119/03
Rev
Order Assy Order
0
0
403 403G002C04 0 MAIN GEAR/BEARING ~LLOY STL 1,110 1 2 0
0
0
406 406G022D05 0 GEAR HUB STL 432 1 2 0
0
408 408G068D03 D GEAR HOUSING STL 1,224 1 2 0
408G068D03-B 0 GEAR HOUSING BURN OUT DRAWING 1 2 0
410 410G068D06 0 HOUSING COVER STL 352 1 2 0
411 312-158C05 A TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER STL 112 1 2 0
312-033B05 0 TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER BURN OUT DRAWING 1 2 0
412 412-118C05 0 TORQUE BOX ADAPTER (R.H.) STL 212 1 2 0
413 413-008COO 0 CAGE ADAPTER STL 208 4 8 0
414 414-002BOO 0 WALKWAY CLAMPS STL 12 2 4 0
415 MS-0066A B a-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'_0" LENGTH) NEap 1 2 0
416 MS-0182A 0 DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406) NEap 1 2 0
417 413-009AOO A ADJUSTING ROD PLATE STL 144 4 8 0
418 MAIN BEARING LUBE LINE (408 TO 403) BRS/CU 2 4 0
419 GREASE FiniNG 1/4 NPT STL 2 4 0
420 109-075BOO 0 BEARING HOUSING ADAPTER STL 16 1 2 0
0
422 MS-0180A A DUST SHIELD BAND & CLAMP (13'-0" LENGTH) (416 TO 406) SS 1 2 0
0
424 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 X 4 WIN, HDND FW (403 TO 408) STL 24 48 0
425 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1/2 x 2 W/N,LW (411 TO 412) STL 8 16 0
0
0
0
431 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 X 2 W/N,LW (410 TO 408) STL 9 18 0
0
0
434 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/4 x 3-1/2 W/N,LW (413 & 417 TO 406) STL 16 32 0
435 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 x 1-3/4 W/HDND FW (406 TO 403) STL 24 48 0
436 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 x 2-1/2 W/LW (411 TO 408) STL 7 14 0
437 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/4 x 3-1/2 W/N,LW (414 TO 410 & 408) STL 2 4 0
438 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1 UNF x 3 ( LEVELING DRIVE) STL 4 8 0
0
0
441 GA-0005A A OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE SS 2 1 2 0
0
443 PIPE NIPPLE 3/4 NPT x 3 1/2 (OIL DRAIN) STL 1 2 0
444 PIPE CAP 2 NPT STL 4 1 2 0
444-056A03 0 OIL FILL CAP/BREATHER MODIFICATION 1 2 0
445 VA-0006A 0 DRAIN VALVE BRZ 1 2 0
446 445-116B03-A A PINION PORT COVER STL 10 1 2 0
447 445-116B03-B A PINION PORT COVER GASKET NEap 1 2 0
448 HEX NUT 3/8 W/LW (446 & 447 TO 408) (449 & 450 TO 410) STL 6 12 0
449 445-230B05-A 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL STL 4 1 2 0
450 445-230B05-B 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET NEap 1 2 0
08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description /Total Weight 3842 this Page/lbsl
CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY

WESTECI-I 8989 20253A 2 0

QF-00-051 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12/19/03
Rev
Order Assv Order
*** SPARE PARTS *** 0
901 MS-0194A 0 LOWER SEAL (FOR ITEM 114) NBR/STL 1 2 0
902 MS-0289A 0 UPPER SEAL (FOR ITEM 115) NBR/STL 1 2 0
903 MS-0066A B O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER) 1 FT (FOR ITEM 415) NEOP 13 13 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
911 MS-0182A 0 DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2) 1 FT (FOR ITEM 416) NEOP 13 13 0
912 445-116B03-B A PINION PORT COVER GASKET (FOR ITEM 447) NEOP 1 2 0
913 445-230B05-B 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET (FOR ITEM 450) NEap 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
921 BR-0053A 0 UPPER BEARING (FOR ITEM 116) f,LLOY STL 24 2 4 0
922 BR-0001A B PINION BEARING (FOR ITEM 124) f,LLOY STL 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
931 133-093A 0 SHEAR PIN (FOR ITEM 134) BRS 1 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description /rotal Weight 24 this Page/lbsl
CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY

WEsTECH 8989 20253A 3 0

QF-00-051 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12119/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ESE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY
SECTION 5:
ELE TRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Qty

Order Assy Orde r Rev
101 E10D B PANEL LAYOUT B
102 E11D B ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC B
103
104
105
_.... _~_ ...
WIRE, DUCT, BITS, FASTENERS, ETC -_. 1 2 0
106
107
108 CSD20168SS6 ENCLOSURE, TYPE 4X ENCLOSURE 316SS 48 1 2 0
109 CP2016 BACK PANEL, 18.2 X 14.2 ENCLOSURE STL 16 1 2 0
110 CMFKSS MOUNTING FOOT KIT ENCLOSURE 30455 2 1 2 0
111
112
113 10250T181N PILOT LIGHT, 120V TRNSFRMR STYLE 5,7,9,12 _. 4 8 A
114 10250TC7N GLASS LENS, RED 5 GLS 1 2 A
115 10250TC9N GLASS LENS, AMBER 7,9,12 GLS 3 6 A
116
117 10250T21KB SELECTOR SWITCH, 3 POS 6,11 .., 2 4 A
118 10250T53 CONTACT BLOCK 1 NO 11 -' 1 2 A
119
120
121 10250T23B PUSHBUTTON, FLUSH, BLACK W/1 N.O. CONTACT 8 .- 1 2 A
122
123
124 10250T101 BLACK PUSHBUTTON 13 - 1 2 A
125 10250T3 CONTACT BLOCK 2 N.C. 13 .., 1 2 A
126
127
128 10250T25R PUSHBUTTON, EXT, RED W/1 N.C. CONTACT 10 - 1 2 A
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142 FNQ·R·5 TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP F1 .- 1 2 A
143 USCC1I FUSE HOLDER, SINGLE POLE 30 AMP RATED CC STYLE WIINDICATOR F1 - 1 2 0
144
145
146 700·HR52TA17 TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE MULTI FUNCTION & RANGE TD1 .-. 1 2 0
147 700·HN126 RELAY SOCKET, 11 PIN TD1 ... 1 2 0
148
149
150
07/31/07 NRT JWB PES Assembly Description Irotat Weight 66 this Pagellbsl
Date Pro]. By Pro]. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd,
CLARIFIER CONTROL PANEL
---- - ------------
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST CLC16A C-2-1-1
WEsTECH 8967 20253A 1 8

QF·OO-oS1 Printed by-BJORDAN Printed on-January 14, 2008 9;20 AM 12119103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Weight Qty Oty

Order Assv Orde r Rev
201 RPM32F7 RELAY, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR CR1 -- 1 2 A
202 RPZF3 RELAY BASE, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG CR1 --- 1 2 A
203
204
205 RPM22F7
206 RPZF2
RELAY, 2 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR
RELAY BASE, 2 POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG
CR2
CR2
'-,-- 1 2 A
1 2 A
207
208
209 RPM12F7 RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR CR3,4 --- 2 4 A
2.10 RPZF1 RELAY BASE, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG CR3,4 -- 2 4 A
211
212
213 3044102 TERMINAL BLOCK, 6mm UT4 TB1 _.- 30 60 A
214 3047028 TERMINAL BLOCK, 6.2mm, END COVER, GRAY TB1 ... 2 4 0
215 0800886 TERMINAL BLOCK, END BRACKET UT4 TB1 -- 3 6 0
216 1051003 TERMINAL BLOCK, SPRING, 6mm, ElLANK MARKER STRIP ZB6 UT4 TB1 --- 60 120 A
217
218
219 0442079 TERMINAL BLOCK, GROUND SCREW TYPE, USLKG6N GND --- 5 10 0
220
221
222 E50AR1 LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT LS1 -- 1 2 0
223 E50KL220 LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR ROD STYLE, SS LS1 304SS 1 2 0
224
225
226
227 NP-2X9W NAMEPLATE RAKE DRIVE 1 ACRY 1 2 A
228 SCUM TROUGH 2 A
229 EQUIPMENT ALARMS 3 A
230
231 NP,2X3W NAMEPLATE SCUM PIT 3 ACRY 1 2 A
232
233 LP-C30W LEGEND RUN 5 ACRY 1 2 A
234
235 LP-C30W LEGEND OPENI CLOSEI AUTO 6 ACRY 1 2 A
236
237 LP-C30R LEGEND CUTOUT 7 ACRY 1 2 A
238
239 Lp·C30W LEGEND START 8 ACRY 1 2 A
240
241 LP-C30R LEGEND HIGH TORQUE 9 ACRY 1 2 A
242
243 LP-C30R LEGEND STOP 10 ACRY 1 2 A
244
245 LP-C30W LEGEND OPEN/CLOSEIREMOTE 11 ACRY 1 2 A
246
247 Lp·C30R LEGEND SHEAR PIN FAIL 12 ACRY A
248
249 LP-C30W LEGEND RESET 13 ACRY A
250
07/31/07 NRT JWB PES Assembly Description hotal Weight this Page/lbsl
Date Proj. By Pro]. Chkd. Proj. AplVd.
CLARIFIER CONTROL PANEL
Date Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. AplVd. Type Size
EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST CLC16A C-2-1-1

WEsTECH 8967 20253A 2 A

QF·OO-OS1 Printed by-BJORDAN Printed on-January 14, 2008 9.20 AM 12119/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
iM} Power indicator
(f)
Output indicator
(2)
CD Spannungsversorgungsanzeige
@ Ausgengsanzeige @
(i)Voyant d'alimentation en courant
Voyant de puissance de sortie
"'lillllIlJI"
@ Rated time selector @ Zeitbereichsschalter @ Selecteur de temps nominal
Solid State Timing Relays ® Time unit selector ® Zeiteinheitwahlschalter @ Selecteur de temps
Relals de temporlsation lID Setting diai (setting time value) lID Einstellscheibe (eingestellte Zendauer) <ll Cadran de reglage (reglage du
® Operation mode selector ® Betriebsartwahlschalter temps)
electronlque
® Selecteur du mode de
Festkorper-Zeitrelais Note: If pointer is turned counterclockwlse Howels: Sofortausgang (Sofortbetrieb) kano fonctionnement
Reies Temporizadores until overranged, instantaneous output will durch Drehung der Einstellscheibe auf 0
be issued (zero point instantaneous opera· elngestellt werden. Remarque : Una sorlie Instantanee est pos~
Solidos sible en pla9Bnt Ie cadran sur Ie reglage 0
tion).
Rele per la messa In fase (mode sortie instanlanee).
dell'accensione elettronica
Reles de Temporizagao de " fmiil\ _ : -Dimensions'" "Abmessu'ngen." : ! .~-, Dimensions '," ,
(.59) 66.6 ~
Estado Solido 48652-3~")
1(11!9J1 ~k 10.24) (2J)6)
A- Panel cutout dimensions A - Frontplattenausschnitt A- Decoupe du panneau
· '(El:....J
(Cat 700-HR52__, -HRT6 __) Applicable socket Verwendbare Sockel Socle
1m-
48
(1..89)
L. .1..
•
.. ~
(1.54. ~
D
D
44.8
(1.76) 700-HRH: 700-HN101
(Fingersafe)
700-HRH: 700-HN101 700-HRH: 700-HN1 01
(Fingersafe)
700-HN126 (11 Pin) (Fingersafe) 700-HN126 (11 broche)
41063-024-01 (A)
Rockwell 1~;)~9'';" 700-HN126 (11-polig)
Printed in Japan Automation
A (1~
0683305-0A P
,,-..
j,.t'5
(START)
Mode A. Signal ON de" Modus A.Zeitverzogerier Mode A.Signal ON, 8-" Mode C. Signal ON/OFF Modus C. Zeitverzogerter Mode C.Signal ON/OFF
.. ..
8-6
(RESET)
-
*l(out)
lay operation
*1 : Outpu1 indicator
Betriebdes
EIN·Slgnals
declenchement
retarde ,,-.
(START) delay operation
*1 : output indicator
Betrleb des EIN/
AU6-Slgnals
*1 :Ausgangsanzeige
declenchement
relarde
:~ ;~~~e~m~cl:tor *1 : Ausgangsanzeige *1 :Voyantdesortie *l(out)
:~; t~~{~~~tor *1 : Voyant de sortie
~~i:.tttttttt
Mode 8. Signal ON Mode D.Slgnal OFF
~rJi,e::a~Cle. 8-"
(START)
delay
operation
.......
*1(out}
operation
*1 : Output indicator 0-"
*1(out)
*1 :Outputlndicalor
;
:~ t~e~pg~d:,or
*2 (power)i =~ ~ ~~~e:?~~tor
,,_. t t.
ttllt
. t Mode 82.Slgnal ON Modus 82. EIN·Slgnal Mode 82.Slgna' ON Mode E. One shot ModusE. tntervaUbtltrieb Mode E.Signal ON
(START)
operation des EIN· fonctlonnement
~rr:t~rtCycle. blinkend, EtN c1ignote,
(:tR~) --fLi--fZ!ilifJ--
.. .
8-6
(RESET)
-
""(out) .. !I" "" ","'.!i '..•'"
operation
*1: Otrtputlndlcator
Belriebsbeginn
*1 : Ausgangsanzelge
*2 : Netzanzeige
declenchement
*1 : Voyant de sortie
*2 : Voyant d'a/imentation
0-fj
*1(out)
*1 :Outpullndlcator
:~ ~ w:~r2~~lor
Signats
*1 : Ausgangsanzeige
*2 : Netzanzeige
intermltlent
*1 : Voyant de sortie
*2 : Voyant d'aJimentation
*3 : bhnkend *3 : dignotant *3 : bfinkend *3 : clignolant
*2. (powerh,', . . :~ ~ w~~:m=tor
G : Gate Input G :Torelngang (Sockelkemme 5) G :Entreepotte

Temporarily stops liming operation. HAIl den Zeitablauf an. Wlfd diese Funktion nich.t benOtigt, braucht der Pour arr6ler la temporisalion.
Open terminaltwhen nol used, Toreingang nicht angeschlossen werden. Duvrezlaborne5Iorsqu'eDen'estpasulillsee,
S : Start Input (Always connect) S : Startelngang (Sockelklemme 6) S :Entree de depart
Short.(:ircuit tarminal Ylw with power-on start and power resel operation. Bel dei Funktion Spannungsslart I Spaflnungsstopp muB der Cout-circultez les barnes 6 el2 pour un depart a la mise sous tension
A : Aeset Input Slarteingang angeschlossen seln. et une remise a zero a la coupure de tension.
ExlernalresellnpUl. R :ROck,etzeingang (Sockelklemme 7) R : Entree de remise It zero
Open terminal u when not used, Wffd dlese Funktion nicht benotigt, braucht der externe ROcksetzeingang a
Entree de remise zero eneme. Ouvrezla borne 7 10rsqu'eUe n'est
(1) Operating power nlcht angeschlossen werden. pasutiHsee.
@ Conlacl inpul signal connection \() Arbeitsspannung (lJ Tensiond'atimentation
<j!\ Sofid·stale input signal connection (Sl Kontakt Eingangs·Verbindung ® Connexion du signal d'entree (conlact)
i!l1 AnschluB von Haibleilersignal·Elngangen @ Connexion des signaux d'entree slatique
Please comply strictly with the following Instructions which are Intended BlUe folgen Sle genau den lolgenden Hlnwelsen. Veulllaz sulvre precisement fes Instructions $ulvantes aftn d'utillser
to ensure .safe operation of the controller. sre gewihrlelsten eine ,'chere Funktion des Zeltrelals. correctement la mlnuterle,
(1) For correct use, do not subject the timer to the following condi- (1) SelZen Sle diS Zeltrelals nlcht unler den folgenden (1) Pour une bonne utltlsatlon de Ie mlnuterie, veulllez evi1er les con-
tions, Bedlngungeneln: dftlons sUNantes :
• Dramatic temperature fluctuations • EthebUche TemperalUtschwankungen les fortes variations de temperature
• High humidity or where condensation may occur • Hohe Luftfeu!=h~gkelt oder wenn Kondensalion erTIstehen klinnte
• Vermeld&nSieslark.eVibrationod&rSchock
a
• Les zones forte humldile ou de Ia condensation pourrail se fanner
• Severe vibration and shock • Les chocs elles VIbrations trop importantes
• Corrosive gas or dusty environments • Korros[yesGasoderstaubig~Umgebung • Les environnement poussiereux ou contenant des gaz corrosifs
• Where there is danger of splashing of water, oil or any chemicals • Bei pIalschemdem Wasser, 01 oder irgeridwelc:hen Chemikali.en • Les endroits au iJ y a des risques d'eclaboussures d'eau, d'huiJe au
• Where explosive or flammable gases may be presenl • Wenn In der Umgebung el'plosive oder entltammbate Gase SIno' d'aulresproduitschimlques
(2) Load power aupply (2) Spannungsversorgung • les ambianCi:!s explosives ou avec des gaz lonemenl innammables
Make sure that the load power supply is within the rating. SteDen Sleslcher. daB die Sf:\8nnungsversorgung Innemalb des angegebenen (2) Alimentation
(3) Handling Berelches ~egt.
a
Verifier que la tension d'alimenlaticn correspond celie du produit.
~:~:r:~~:~~:~~~~'e~~~~u~~ ~~~~~gf6~¥~~
(3) Handhabung
(3) Manipulations
(4) appncation. (4) DemonMren. mod"rfizleren ~~ddta:e~~3e~:W~:e~as Gerat, Ne jamais desassembler, modifier ou reparer ce produit.
(5) Wire termln~s wfth correct polarity.
(6) Locate the timer, input deviCi:!s and input signal wiring as far as possible (4) Assurez vous que Ie produil correspond a votre appficallon.
(5) Connectezles bornes avec la bonne polarit6,
from noise sources and conductors carrying high voltage.
(7) Be sure to use the Timer at ambient temperature of -10 to 55 "C and
ambient humidity (relative humidity) of 35 to 85 %.
Iii vonelektrischenSlCirung&noderStarkstromschailgerAlenentfernl
we,.i,m69'kh
source de perturbation et d'a1imentation haute tension,
a
(6) Placez la minuterie et ses elements de commande distance de 10ute
(8) Cleaning flI Ve~den Sle das Zeltreiais nur mnerhalb des Temperaturbereiches von ·to bls (7) UliJisez la minuterie a une 1emperature ambiante entre _10" et 55" et
Do not use paint thinner or the equivalent. Use standard grade alcohol -+55'CundbeieinerreialivenLuftfeuchtigke1l.zwischen35und85%. une humidile relative entre 35 et 85%,
to clean the prOduct, (8) Relnlgung (8) Nattoyage
X~~~~~:~~~eZ~~n~~~~e~a~~\J,0~~~r :~I~~~j:Ohole,
(9) Do not change the time unit, time range or operalion mode while the N'utl1lsez pas des solvants da peinture ou equivalents, Utitisez des
TlrT1er is in operation, otherwise malfunction could resull Be sure to tum (9) ptoduits a base d'a1coo!.
off the power before making such changes, wahrend das Geral arbeilel, andernla~s wird eine Feh!funklion daraus resulOOren. (9) Ne changez pas Ie temps, [a gamme de temps ou la lonctlon lorsque la
(10)110 line connection Stellen Sle sidler, daB bei dera.rtigen Anderungen die Netzspannung abgeSChaltel mlnUierie est en fonctionnement. Un dyslonctionnement pourrail survenlr.
When connecting the contact ortransislor for exlemallnput signal to the ist. Soyez sOr d'4tre en position off.
input terminals of the timer, pay allention to the following points to pre- (10) leltungsa.nschiuBfurE.ln-IAusgang (10)ConneKionsdes ElS:
Falls $Ie elOen Kontakt oder einen Transistor aIs externes 8ngangssignallOr das
(j} ~~~~~~~~e~~~I~fi~~Uti~s~f;~~~ici~;ih~~~'timerfrom the Ze1\.felais benutzen, beachten Sie IDe lolgenden Punkle, urn KurzschlLisse durch
Lars de la coMexion de sorties contact ou transistor sur Ie signal o"entree
de la minUierie, failes allention aux points suivants pour eviter-tout court·
same Input conlactortranslstor, the phases of the power $uppnes must translormalortoseNetzieilezuvermeklen. clrcuit sans transfomateur d'a1imenlalion,
agree.(* 1) If the power suppnes are 1'10111'1 phase, short- cirCtlit current @ Bel glelchzeitigem Signalelngang von einern EigangsanschiuB oder @ Lors de I'entree simultanee de signaux a plusieurs minUleries a partir
wl1l be generated, BngangstranslstoranrnehralseinZeitrelalsmDssendiePhasendarStromquellen du m6me contact ou transistor, les phases des alimenlations doivenl
lID For the power supply of an input device, use an isolation 1ransformer liberelnslirnmen.(* 1) FaUs dla Stromquelien nicht gleic:hphaslg sinO, w1rd correspondre. Si eltes ne sont pas en phase, du courant de court-circuit
KurzschluBstormerzeugl.
f~;J,~fdi~~~g6ng~~~~ 1:~6~~~~~2~ie mutually iso- @ Verwen~.Sle elnen Netztranslormator(* 2) If!lt voneinander isolierter Pnm[r- und sera produil.(* 1)
@ The appropriate input terminal 5 (Gate Input), 6 (Start input) or 7 (Reset @ Utiliser un transfonnateur(* 2) d'a1imenlation avec isolement mutuel de
input) uses power supply terminal 2 as a common terminal and should Ie boblne primaire et secondaire et avec la bobine secondaire nen mise
therefore be connected by short·circuil to common lermJnal 2. Voltage ala terre comme source d'a1imentatlon de rappareil d'entree.{* 3)
should be applied only across terminals 10 and 2. Do nol apply voltage @ Les bornes d'entrees 5 (Enlree porte), 6 (Entree depart), 7 (Remise a
to any other lerminats, and do not connect1ermlnals 5, 6, or 710 terml- zero}, u1iJ1senlia borne d'alimenlation 2 comme borne de commun et
nal10, or to any terminal other than lerminal2. OthelWlse the internal a
par consequent doivenl etre liees la borne du commun 2. La tension
circuit of the timer may be damaIJed. Sle niemals Spannung ~n andere Klemmen an, und verb nden Sle niemals die ne peut eire appliquee qu'entre les bornes 10 et 2. N'appHquez pas de
@ Do not connect a relay or other Inductive load across the Input supply Klemmen 5, 6, oder 7 mil dar KIemrn& 10 oderitgendeiner anOOren aIs derKlemme tension a toute autre borne, et ne connectez pas Ies bomes 5, 6, ou 7 a
points (terminals 2 and 10), or the internal circuit of Ihe timer may be 2. Andemlalls wlrd dar interne Schallkrels oder das Zeltrelais zerslllrt. la borne 10, ou toUle autre bomeque labome 2.le circuit interieur de la
damaged dueto appned supplyvollage. @ K1emmen Sie keln Rela1s oder elne induktivill1l511:Wischen die Eingangsklemmen minutetie pourrait etre endommage.
(11) Power supply connection (Klemmen 10 und 2), der inlerne SChaJtkreis des zeitrelals klinnte dutch die @ Ne connectez pas un relais au toute aulre charge inductive en ligne
Use a DC power supply having a ripple factor of 20''10 or less and sup- Versorgungsspannung zerslMwerden. avec les entrees d'aJimentalicn (bomes 2 et10), ou Ie circuit inletieurde
~~~n~fe~~~s~~~~ungsverso~gung
plying a mean voltage that is within the raled operating voltage marked la mlnuterie pourrait etre endommage.
onlhetimer. (t1) mit einer Restwelligkaitvon 20"A. (11)Connexiondefallmentation
Make sure that the supply voltage Is applied to the timer all at once, oderwenlger und eme IT\!nlere Spannung, die innertlalb des angegebener1 Utilisez une alimentation V CoCo avec un facteur d'ondulation inlerieur a
using contacts such as of a switch or relay. Otherwise, the limermay not
be able to perform power reset or its set time may be up when It should ~~~;ief~[~~:r,8dea~;sK~~~Qd~;~e:~:~~i1 am Zeltrelais anstehl.
20% delivrant la 1ension nomlnale marquee sur Ie produil.
Assurez-vous d'atimenter la mlnuterie d'un coup en utlllsant des con-
nOl VefWllnden Sle Konlakle, Wlez, B,elO Rellls,. 1acts tels que des relais oudesinlerrupteurs.
(12) Please do not exceed the voltage rating marke:d on the timer. Andemfalls kann das ZelttelaJs nlcht ordentlich arbeilen. Dans Ie cas contraire la fonelion remise azero ou Ie temps reglEi pourrail
If voltage other than the rated voltage is applied, the Internal compo- ;~N~~ez~~ ~Jl~tz~ckslcl~~e~[derEndzeltpUnklgeschaJletwerden, etrealteres,
(13) werto (12) Oberschreilen Sle bille nle~s die auf dem ZeitreJals- angegebene Nennspannung. (12) V~umez ne pas depasser la tension norninale indlquee sur la mlnuterie.
a
SI une tension superieure celie indiquee est appliquee, Ie circuit in-
the timer with a relay condi- -:rd~~Id-: ~1~~:;~6nnu~~I~6e~~&:ne Nennspannung angelegt wlrd,
tion for long periods. Leaving the timer in month
or longer, especially in places with high temperatures, may result in de- (t3) Bille beachfen Sle die n~nstehende Zei~nung.r~)
(13) ~e~i~:zuv~~~~Zf~~~: ~~~U;;:d:~~~g;,~.~) InterfaCi:!z la puissance
terioration to internal parts, such as an electrolytic capacitor, V.erknlipfen Sle das Netz ubel" ein ReJals mitdem teltrelals, so daB as niernals ubet ella minuterie avec un relais_ Ainsl, la minuterie ne restera pas durant
eiM IAngere Zeit (ein MonatoderlAnger) in der Funklion.leitabgelaufen"Slehen une longue periode en posiUon temporlsation finie. Le mainlien dans
cetle posilion durant un mois ou plus pourrait, specialement dans une
""'bt
Es !<.Dontan sonst BauteiJe w!e z. B. 8eklroly1kondensalQren vorze1!ig zerstorl ambiance avec une haute temperature, delenorer des composants in-
werden. temestelquelescondensaleurs.
ATIENnON: ATIENTION:
To prevent electrical shock, disconnect from power source before , Pourhviterleschocs eleetriques, debran¢her da la source d'alimentalion avantla
~s~a~ur~~~:r':'t~mportsaleur
Installing or servicing.
Do not remove limer Irom houslng_ This wm invalidate product ere son compartiment sous peine d'annu!er la
warranty. arartlie,
Remove power before changing timing range, unit, or mode selection.
The 700-HR limer utiJizes a translormertess power supply. Do n01
touch the input terminals when power Is appfied.
When two or more timers are controlled by the same Input contact or
transistor, connect the #2 terminals of the limers together.
Recommendations for exlernal'lOput Signal nnes:
~ Use shielded wires.
- Keep wire as short as possible.
- Separate input signal wires Irom power supply lor the timer and
Iromothervoltageorpowerfines,
An AC timer controUed by a low voltage transistor circuit should be
supplied by an Isolation transrormer with the #2 terminal of the timer
grounded.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ECll N6:
ENCLOSURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. A STAR DENOTES VARIANCE FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHOULD BE 7. SHOP SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING ARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE ONLY
PARTICULARLY NOTED. ~ A MINIMAL PROTECTION FROM TIME OF APPLICATION FOR A PERIOD NOT TO
EXCEED THIRTY (30) DAYS. WESTECH DOES NOT GUARANTEE CONDITION OF PREPARED
2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY OR SUPPLY ON APPROVAL ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN OR PA INTED ITEMS ONCE THE ITEMS LEAVE THE SHOP. CUSTOMER SHOP INSPECT ION
IN CLOUD. 0 OF PAINTED ITEMS IS WELCOME TO VERIFY APPLICATION. ALL FIELD SURFACE
PREPARATION, FIELD PAINT, TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR TO SHOP PAINTED SURFACES
3. THE FOLLOWING DEFINES THE RESPONSIBILITY OF WESTECH ENGINEERING INC. ARE NOT BY WESTECH. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPATIBILITY OF SHOP AND FIELD
WITH REGARD TO THE INFORMATION AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. APPLIED COATINGS IS BY OTHERS.
(A) THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATION 8. SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS:
PURPOSES UNTIL IT BEARS THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER, THE ENGINEER AS PER "COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEETS"
OR THEIR DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.
9. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE:
(B) DIMENSIONS, LOADS, AND OTHER INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED TO SUBMERGED: 316SS
ACCOMMODATE THE EQUIPMENT TO THE STRUCTURE AS SHOWN. NON-SUBMERGED: 316SS
(C) WESTECH IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR CONCRETE DESIGN, THE CUSTOMER IS 10. ALL ERECTION FASTENERS TO BE:
TO PROVIDE REINFORCING STEEL AND DETERMINE SIZES TO SUIT LOCAL SUBMERGED: 316SS
REQUIREMENTS. NON-SUBMERGED: 316SS
(D) WESTECH IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, INJURY, OR LOSS RESULTING II. WORK WITH DIOI, DI02, D103, DI04, DI05, C106, AND DRIVE DRAWINGS.
FROM INCORPORATION OR USE OF THIS EQUIPMENT.
12. WESTECH WILL PROVIDE: (2) 100'-0 DIA CAGE DRIVE COP CLARIFIERS
(E) CHARGES FOR MODIFICATIONS, ADDITIONS, OR CORRECTIONS TO THE SPARE PARTS:
EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY WESTECH, UNLESS PRIOR APPROVAL MECHANISM - DRIVE UNIT -
IS OBTAINED IN WRITING FROM AN AUTHORIZED WESTECH REPRESENTATIVE. NONE (I) SET DRIVE BEARINGS AND SEALS
(EXCEPT MAIN TURNTABLE BEARING)
4. THE MECHANISM SHOWN IS DESIGNED FOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION AS INDICATED, (I) SET DRIVE GASKETS
WESTECH DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE IF OPERATED IN THE (I) SET SHEAR PINS
OPPOSITE DIRECTION.
5. WESTECH DOES NOT FURN ISH CONCRETE, GROUT, CONCRETE RE INFORC ING,
PIPING, VALVES, PIPE SUPPORTS OR FITTINGS, WALL BRACKETS,
ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONDUIT, OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ERECTION,
FIELD PAINTING OR PAINT, FIELD WELDING OR WELD ROD, WATER FOR
TESTING, GREASE, OR LUBRICATING Oil. (EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED)
6. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TO CONFORM TO AISC SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN,
FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND BUILDINGS, 9TH EDITION.
STEEL SHAPES TO CONFORM TO ASTM A36. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE
LATEST STANDARDS OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. ALL SUBMERGED STEEL
MEMBERS TO BE 1/4" MIN IMUM TH ICKNESS UNLESS NOTED OTHERW ISE. GENERAL NOTES
DESCRIPTION ( I NPUTCHECK. PART) 1.000
/
COPC2 100 -0 DIAMETER
TYPE SIZE
12/99 KDB RCW RW NONE 7/07 AJR RCP 1"U/

DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD
possess ion confers or transfers any rights to reproduce, use, or disc lose, in whole or in part, data contained
herein for any purpose, without the wr itten permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Sal t Lake City, Utah
& DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
11-----------------,---------,-------.--------+=&=-11
REVISION I BY I CHKD I DATE LTR
WESTE C H 6100 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EQUIPMENT LIST
ITEM DESCR IPT ION/REMARKS
42" DRIVE UNIT WI TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE,
4SS00 FT-LBS CONT.RUNNING TORQUE.
8'-9 LONG x 7'-6 WIDE PLATFORM (WI MIN. 2'-6

&:. 1 - - -CLEAR AROUND DRIVE) W/ 1/4" ALUM FLOORPLATE.
-+-----------------------1
3'-0 O.D. CENTER INFLUENT COLUMN (3/8" WALL)
WI INFLUENT PORTS.
IS'-O INS.DIA. x S'-O SIDEDEPTH FEEDWELL

(3/16" PLATE) WI 8- SCUM PORTS.
&:. 1 - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
FEEDWELL SUPPORTS.
4'-0 SQ. DRIVE CAGE.
(2) 4'-0 W. x 4'-0 H. RAKE ARMS WI (3/16")

SPIRAL BLADES, AND ADJUSTABLE 304SS SOUEEGEES.
WEIR PLATE (NOT BY WESTECH)
BAFFLE WI SUPPORTS (NOT BY WESTECH).
10 TWO (2) SKIMMER BLADES WI SUPPORTS.
TWO (2) SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLIES WI NEOPRENE WIPERS

II (SEE DWG. CI06 FOR GENERAL DETAILS).
6'-0 SCUM BOX WI SUPPORTS AND 6" DISCHARGE

12
PIPE CONN. WI FLEXIBLE COUPLING.
13 LIMIT SWITCH (FRAME NOT BY WESTECH)
PREPARED FOR: NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE

NOVATO, CA
ENGINEER: RMC WATER

WALNUT CREEK, CA
CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.

OAKLAND, CA
NOTES: CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 1/244
I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.
2. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW. COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT TANK CUTAWAY VIEW
DESCRIPTION (Cop.HALrJI~Al.ASSEHI 0.020
3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.
4. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT. COPC2
S. SEE DWG. DIOS FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS. TYPE
12/99 TLD
DATE STD. BY STD. CHKO. STO.APPVO PROJ.APPVQ
Thi, drat'jog i) properly or W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. ond. is !ronsmilttd in (oofiduce. Neilher reetipl nor
posHssion coofen or tronden any rigbls 10 reproduce. UH, or diHloH, in .hah or in port, dolo contained
nHdn for any purpoH, .lIhov! lIIe .rillen permillion of VlESTECH ENGINEERING, INC" SQI! lake Cily. Utah
DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUNBER REV.
REVISION
DIOI 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(TYP 2-PLC'S
DETAIL 2
SCALE 0.063 I
\ ,
A
\
2
'@1j
DES IGN WATER @@ ~ I:

~ \ \
LEVEL
n;=;o \
..
'(
\
: . \
-
1111 '""\
l!f l!f III III I!f I!f 1!J III lIT I I I I'
SEE DETAIL 2J
DESIGN WATER
LEVEL ELEVATION
NOTES:
FRAME JO INT I.SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES. PREPARED FOR; NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE
(TYP 4-PLC'Sl 2.SEE DWG. 0101 FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW & BALLOON NOTES. NOVATO, CA
3.SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.
4.SEE DWG. 0104 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.
5.SEE DWG. 0105 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS. ENGINEER; RMC WATER
6.SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS. WALNUT CREEK, CA
STEEL FRAME (i> PROVIDE COVER INFORMATION TO LOCATE
TOP OF PLATFORM ELEVATION. CONTRACTOR; MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.
OAKLAND, CA
CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ELEVATION VIEW
OEseR I prt ON (COP.HALf_f III~l. ASSEMl a,Oll
COPC2
TLD
DATE STO.CHKD. STD.APPVO PROJ,APPVQ
Hi, drolfing i\ properly of li'ESTECH ENGINEERIIH3, INC. ond. is Itllolmilhd in (onrid~n(L. Neither receipt n~r
STL FEEDWELL DETAIL ~ pHHnion {OOfHI or tronSr~q 'lay rig~il to rt~rodu(e, use, or diHloH, in ahole or In pa-rt, ~olo (onlolud
herein for any pQrpou, .ithout He written pumillion of W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC" Salt lOJ"ke Cdy, Ulah
SCALE 0.050 DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
l-"M~A~KE'---"..':CH~·A~NG!.!OE~S -,-PJo:ER~R=-.oET2U'..'.CRN~S U"",B.'M2.~IT...'T.cA~L~_ _--+-,,-,q-'------>-I-'-I-,,-O1,=0,-,-7+,,&""-1

REVISION DATE LTR
WEsTEC H DI02 20253A &,
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
DIRECTION
OF
ROTATION
0.031 RPM
NOTES:
I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.
2. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW & BALLOON NOTES.
3. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.
4. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.
5. SEE DWG. DI05 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.
6. SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS.
PREPARED FOR; NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE

NOVATO, CA
ENGINEER; RMC WATER

WALNUT CREEK, CA
CONTRACTQR; MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.

OAKLAND, CA
CUSTOMER P.O. NO.; 11244

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN VIEW
DESCRIPTION {COP.fUlL_fINH.ASSENJ 0.015
COPC2
TYPE
12/99 TLD
DATE STO.CHKD. STD.APPVO PROJ.APPVO
Tbil drolling j~ pr~pHlr of W[STECH ENGINEERING. INC. end il Ironlmitt~d in confidcnce. Neilhtr rHoipl nor
ponelJion (onfen or Iton$feq any righ\) 10 reprod~(e, use, or diHloH, in IIhole or in port, dolo (ontoined
hHein for ony purpose. "itboul the uitten permiSlion of !ESTECH ENGINEERING, INC, Salt Lake Cily. Utah
&0. ORAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
~ ~_~~-----j-'='l& WEsTECH DI03 20253A

REVISION DATE lTR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
14' 0
INSIDE TANK WALL HEIGHT I
I . - 6 3/4 12' - 3 1/4 2
FREEBOARD SIDE WATER GROUT
DEPTH
- -~ z
°
wV">
~~--+-----
0
~
"''''w
OOm
",:r:
OUClU
:r:
f--:Z:: --ll-
V"> """'''''
0;;:
",,,,:r:
--.JWV>O
,- f-
l-Q...WC'l
u. f-W
2" GROUT
- (NOT BY WESTECHI "'WZ
OWa::(,') INFLUENT PIPE
Ol--U-
OZZV)
TO TOP OF CONCRETE
-wOw
O'>UUCl
FLOOR (MAXI
I
W.P. ELEV= 3.00'&
0"
~" ll2 ELEV=3 .198'&
-=
N_
Il II
»
Ww
--'--,
Ww
--'--,
--'W
"">
"w
6--'
f- w.'" '---
f-
.---
"""
~
.'
'.
~ ./SEE DETAIL I
"" /
""\\ ~-
\
II ';'
(
-----------~~~~~M--~------------- -l/- )
r"
0
0
-
II
\ 2" GROUT
~/
II (NOT BY WESTECHI
# '-.
(121 I 1/2"0 x 18" LG 316SS /" DETAIL I
ANCHOR BOLTS WI (31 FLAT SCALE 0.040
WASHERS AND (31 HEX NUTS EACH. 4' - 6
LOCATE ONE BOLT ON WALKWAY t. BOLT
(PROJECTION = 6"1 CIRCLE
NOTES:
I. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW & BALLOON NOTES.
V"> 2. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.
'" 3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.
°:r:
U
z
4. SEE DWG. DI05 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.
5. INFLUENT, EFFLUENT. SLUDGE. AND SCUM PIPE
""""><
V"> LOCATION PER ENGINEERS DRAWINGS.
V">
"'0
°u:'"r:
..om
0;;:
z 0'"
"u
""""
V"> ><
-V">
"'0
..om
0;;:
0'"
"u ';' ';'
-V">
"" -
- ~ -1- - -
NOVATO, CA
ENGINEER: RMC WATER

I .-0 WALNUT CREEK, CA
00<0
oz
3' ·6 112 °° ."" CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.
"" f-
>,,""
TANK PLAN VIEW "
..o
~
OAKLAND, CA
w wu
--,z
U
Z
wo",
UW
. f-
°U o..Oz
·w COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT CONCRETE TANK
° f-
"f-U
4' - 0
TANK CROSS SECTION (TYPl TANK RISE
TLD
PROJ.APPVD
Tbi1 drolfing i, property of i1EST[CH E~GIN[ERING. INC. and. is tranlmitted iO.(Qofiduce. Neithu receipt nor
pHHllion confus or transfer! ony (Igh" to reproduce, UH, or diHloH, In .bole or in pori, dolo contoined
herein for tiny purpoH, .i IhQ~t the written permillion of WESTECH ENGINEERING, IIlL, Soil Lake City. Utah
DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
REVI SION
DI04 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
W.L. ELEV
6" FLEX.
COUPLING
<t OF
DISCHARGE
(41 5/8" DIA x 7" LG

NOTES'
EPOXY ANCHORS WI NUT & FW I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.
PROJECTION = I 1/2" 2. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW & BALLOON NOTES.
3. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.
4. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.
5. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.
6. SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS.
8'-7 5/8

NOVATO, CA
ENGINEER: RMC WATER

WALNUT CREEK, CA

OAKLAND, CA
SCUM BOX ELEVATION CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244
SCALE 0.080
COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS
DESCRIPTION ICOP.HAlFJINALASSENl a,loa
COPC2
TYPE
I I /01 TLD
DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD PROJ,APPVD
Hi, dr(l.ing iJ pr(lperty of W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. and i, fraolmilled in (onfiduCL Heilher receipl nor
POJHJ$!On ((Iofen (If Iran,rHI (lay rlgh" 10 reprodHe, use, or diHI(lH, iD whole or in pori, dolo ''Jnloined
herein ror ony pHpOH, withQut the uilleo permitlion of WE STECH ENGINEERIHG. INC .. Sal! lake City. Uloh
DRAWING NU"'BER PROJECT NUr-lBER REV,
f-"Cc..cHA,-"N,-,!G."-E-,D'-'.I-"CME=-,-N""S-"IO,,-,-NCL,---,W",-A""S---,3'-...'_--,-7
REVISION
--j--'-'-"-'''+'-~=12-'----'/I'----'I/---'--O f"&=-"
DATE LTR
WEsTEC H DI05 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM QT'Y MAT'L DESCRIPTION
,& 4 1 S.S. HINGED SKIMMER SUPPORT
1'-9~"
15 44 ,& 5 1 S.S. HINGED SKIMMER
,& 7 2 S.S. PIVOT YOKE
38 ,& 8 2 S.S. SET COLLAR
15 1 ALUM SKIMMER BLADE

16 1 ALUM WIPER RETAINER BOTTOM
~
17 2 ALUM WIPER RETAINER - SIDE
-1--- 20 2 CAST ALUM SUPPORT ARM

21 2 CAST ALUM PIVOT
24 1 S.S. EXTENSION SPRING
,& 25c 1 S.S. PIPE CLAMP
28 1 NEOP WIPER - BOTTOM
16
29 1 NEOP WIPER - SIDE
30 1 PVC WIPER - BAFFLE SIDE
28 SECTION " A - A " SECTION " B - B "
SKIM BLADE
THIS IS NOT A PARTS LIST
(REF.)
USE FOR I.D. OF MAJOR COMPONENT ITEMS ONLY.
7 38
~
.4" SKIMMER ARM
~ ~~ (REF.)
_J---=~~JL
II
4*<+4--tt-
II
---n-.----:.---r--lr
20 4
NOTES:
1. WORK WITH MECHANISM GENERAL ARRANGEMENT &
GENERAL NOTES DRAWINGS AND SCUM SKIMMER
PARTS LIST.
%>2. ASSEMBLE SPRING (ITEM #24) ABOVE SUPPORT
ARM (ITEM #20).
W3. INSTALLER TO DRILL A SLIGHT DIMPLE INTO SKIMMER
ARM PIPE FOR ALL SET SCREWS.
,& <3>
4. FOR SKIMMER TO OPERATE PROPERLY, BAFFLE MUST
30 INSIDE BAFFLE 29 5 BE INSTALLED WITH NO GAPS.
RADIUS (REF.)

NOVATO, CA
30 7 17 4
ENGINEER: RMC WATER
WALNUT CREEK, CA
CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO;

OAKLAND, CA
W.L.
CUSTOMER P.O. NO. 11244
SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
4" SUPPORT / SINGLE

EFFLU EN T ---.-II MODEL .125 x 8
BAFFLE
7-93 TLD
(REF.)
DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER "EV.
f-M_A_K.._E_C_H_AN_G_E_S_P..::.ER..____R.._ET_U_R_N_S_UB_M.._IT_T.._A=--L
REVISION DATE LTR
EsTE C H
.j--C--.:..-...pq-.j--C--1-=.O/:....:O.._7-+&:::::A"-II " "
C106 20253A &
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIMIT SWITCH FRAME

NOT BY WESTECH
DETAIL 2
SCALE 0.100
SEE DETAIL
RAKE ARM & SPIRAL
BLADE ASSEMBLIES
(SEE DWG. DI131
SEE DETAIL
223
DETAIL 3
SCALE 0.100
SEE DETAIL TYP @ ALL SKIMMER SUPPORT
CONNECTIONS TO RAKE ARM
NOTES:
I. TANK ORIENTATION PER PLAN VIEW (DWG. DI03l
2. WOR K WI DWG. DI I I, DI 12, DI I3.
101
BACKCHARGES FOR FIELD WORK OF ANY KIND ARE NOT

ACCEPTABLE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
BY WE STECH ENGINEERING, INC.
COP CLARIFIER ERECTION TANK CUTAWAY VIEW
DESCRIPTION (COP .HALF .rIHAL.ASSE~l G.020
COPC2
TYPE
12/99
DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD
158 drolfi~9 is properly <d flESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and i, Ir,u,miHed in tonridence.
This Neilher receipt nor
PHHssion (GoTtn or IronsJHI ony rigbh 10 reproduce. use. Of diHloH, in wbole or in pori, dolo cHloiHd
herein for any purpOH. wil~o~t tbe written permiHioo of I'I[STECH ENGINEERING, INC., 5011 LQke City, Utah
DETAIL I &, DRAWING NUNSER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
SCALE 0.200 r---------------,------r------.------+==-I&

REVISION DATE
WEsTECH DI I 0 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONCRETE TANK
NOTES:
A' WOR K WI DWG. DI 10, DI I2. DI I3.
\&> FIELD LOCATE & MATCH DRILL MOUNTING HOLES
IN BAFFLE USING SCUM BOX AS TEMPLATE.
3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR TANK ORIENTATION.

BY WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.
COP CLARIFIER ERECTION· PLAN VIEW
(COf'.fULL.fIN~l.ASSEMl 0.015
DESCRIPTION
COPC2
TYPE
12/99
DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPYD
This dr~.,in9 is properly ~f W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. qnd. is Ironlmilhd in (4nrid~ncL hither fHtipl nor
POIHssion (ooren or transferl o~y rigbll 10 reproduce, OH, or disciolL in whole or in pori, dolo conlqined
hHein for any purpoH, without the written permillion of W(STECH ENGINEERING, INC .. Salt Lake City, Utah
DRAWING NUNBER PROJECT NU~BER REV •
REVISION DATE LTR

DI I I 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DRIVE UNIT
205
431
333
212
512
438
DRIVE TO MECHANISM TOP/CENTRAL

COLUMN
ENLARGED PLAN VIEW
SCALE 0.040
212
552
156
551
DETAIL I
SCALE 0.200
NOTES:
I. WOR K WI DWG. DI IO. DI I I. DI I3.

157 ACCEPTABLE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS
401
.&, DRAWING NUI'lBER PROJECT NUNBER REV,
1&
, - - - - - - - - - - R - E V - I S - ' O - ' - - - - - - - - - , - , . - - - - - r : - - - r --"-----I-'=U"'-lR
OA
WEsTECH DI/2 20253A &
TABLE OF CONTENTS
137
I 19
NOTES:
I. WORK W! DWG. DIIO, Dill, D112.

RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS
ISPIRAL.RAKE.CIXQ3.ASSEHIQ.Q31
COPC2
TYPE
12/99 AJR
PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD
B
&,
I;:"
&. DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
REVISION DATE
1&
LrR
WEsTECH DI I3 20253A ,&
TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM # QT'Y MAT'L DESCRIPTION
101 1 S.S. TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE
103 1 ci/STL SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER
104 1 ci/STL SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER
105 1 ci/STL RAKE MOTOR
& 0.75 HP, YFD MOTOR
460 VAC 3 PH 60 HZ
NOTE 111 1 A36 S1L TORQUE ARM
THIS IS NOT A PARTS LIST. 112 1 CI UPPER BEARING HOUSING
& USE FOR MAJOR DRIVE COMPONENT
IDENTIFICATION ONLY.
113 1 . ST'L RETAINING RING
114 1 NBR/Sn SHAFT SEAL
MOTOR PIVOTS UNDER LOAD 115 1 NBR/SrL SHAFT SEAL
USE AT LEAST 12" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT THIS END 116 2 ALLOY S UPPER BEARING
441 117 1 ST'L RETAINING RING
118 1 COP/BRS UPPER. BEARING GREASE LINE
( 119
120
1
1
ST'L GREASE FITllNG
ALLOY REDUCER SHAFT ADAPTER
\ 135 121 1 ALLOY S PINION SHAFT
\ 123 1 ALLOY PINION GEAR
~
124 1 ALLOY S CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING
125 1 sT'L KEY
l--_--___;,104 SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER
126 1 ST'L PRESSURE RELIEF FITllNG
OIL LEVEL STlCKER 127 1 ST'L RETAINING RING
COUPLING DETAIL 106
128
129
1 ST'L RETAINING RING
ST'L KEY
DETAIL OF OIL LEVEL GAUGE 1
131 1 NBR/Sn COUPLING
132 1 NBR/SrL COUPLING
134 1 BRASS SHEAR PIN
145 1 MOTION SENSOR WITH SWITCH
403 1 ALLOY S GEAR / BEARING
SHEAR PIN COUPLING 131 406 1 A36 S1L GEAR HUB
408 1 A36 S1L GEAR HOUSING
TORQUE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 410 1 A36 S1L HOUSING COVER
INCLUDES:
2 LIMIT SWITCHES 411 1 A36 S1L TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER
PROXIMITY SWITCH. SHEAR PIN 412 1 A36 S1L TORQUE BOX ADAPTER
103 SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER
& ~
0
413
414
4
1
A36 S1L CAGE ADAPTER
A36 S1L WALKWAY CLAMPS
'ion::
LOn.. 415 1 NEOP O-RING
n.. 416 1 NEOP DUST SHIELD
.::s 417 4 A36 S1L ADJUSTING ROD PLATE
120 418 2 BRS/COP LUBE LINE (MAIN BEARING)
125
~ /
/-----.--" 419 2 ST'L GREASE FinING
VISUAL 420 1 A36 S1L BEARING HOUSING ADAPTER
LOAD INDICATOR
PROXIMITY SENSOR 422 1 SS DUST SHIELD CLAMP
441 1 SS OIL LEVEL SIGHT GLASS
443 1 ST'L OIL & CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING
444 1 ST'L OIL FILL CAP
445 1 BRONZE OIL & CONDENSATE DRAIN VALVE
446 1 STL PINION PORT COVER
447 1 NEOP PINION PORT COVER GASKET
449 1 STL INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL
450 1 NEOP INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET
DRIVE RATING INFORMATION

412 FULL DIAL TORQUE 72,800 FT-LB 160%
SHEAR PIN TORQUE 63,700 FT-LB 140%
MOVING PARTS CUTOUT TORQUE 45,500 FT-LB 100%&
WARNING STICKER CONTINUOUS TORQUE 45,500 FT-LB 100%
ALARM TORQUE 38,675 FT-LB 85%
WALKWAY BEAM
MOUNTING SURFACE ESTIMATED WEIGHT 2,147 LBS.
WORK WITH DRAWING D350G831-20253A
& PARTS LIST DOC. NO. 8989

NOVATO, CALIFORNIA
413
ENGINEER: RMC WATER
406 WALNUT CREEK, CALIFORNIA
DRIVE MOUNTING SURFACE OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA
403
CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244 &
MAIN GEAR/BEARING CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATlON
42" PITCH DIA.
47.25" RACEWAY DIA. LUBE LINE
418 (2) PLACES
ISSUED FOR
CONSTRUCTION BY
UEC_D;'6 2007 . !~--_-
__
REMOVED CANOPY DESCRIPTION AND CUTOUT AT 1007. WAS 120%
.55"--WAS.~t;':
..oMOTOR.. ISNOW.. VFD.. RA-TED-W/O- CANOP)' - - - - - . ...
RHS
RHS- -.JJ.
!-,P..:.:.O::,.
• .:..:.NO:::.•...:.11:.::2..:..44'--W:::.A:::S...:.1.:.::12:..:.:45"--
RE\lSIOll
-+T..:..A::...P+R:..::H..:.:S+-"':-:::--1~
BY CHKD
""EsTEeH D350G830 20253A 8
:._.. _ ..-'-
ECH
... --_._-------'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5" 6"
CENlER DISTANCE TYP. TYP.
(4) WALKWAY PADS

W/ (2) WALKWAY CLAMPS
(11) 1" DIA. HOLES

..... DIRECTION OF
EQ; SPACED AS SHOWN
WALKWAY
LUBRICATION LEGENDS ON A 33" DIA. B.C.
(4) 1" DIA. LEVELING BOLTS

EQ. SP. ON A 33" DIA. B.C.
417
1"
MIN.-
ci
d
~
VISUAL (4) 1~" DIA. HOLES
LOAD
INDICATOR '---r-.:,.---+-' FOR VERTICAL CAGE ADJUSTMENT
~
~ ROTATION
WARNING
STICKER
408
101
TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE
19 7/15"
(DIM. "X" FOR IlEMS
#111 & #412) DIRECTION OF ROTATION
STICKER BOTTOM VIEW
22" 9" 32"
TYP.
~j1"- __~:I=t===+:==:t=P·~_--.QDB1RI,};'!VE~M~OU~N~TI1!'N!Q..G
SURFACE
4" (4) 1"-8NC TAPPED HOLES

406 417 WORK WITH DRAWING - D350G830-20253A & PARTS LIST DOC. #8989

NOVATO, CALIFORNIA
DETAIL "A"
(TYP. 4 PLACES)
ENGINEER: RMC WAlER
WALNUT CREEK. CALIFORNIA
CONTRACTOR: MONlEREY MECHANICAL CO.
OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA
DRIVE MOUNTING CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244- 1&
L " /
"'~-~----~ SEE DETAIL "A"

58"
413
SURFACE
CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - PLAN
DESCRlpnON
8050
Mooa
DRAYllNG NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
~P...::'O~. .:::NO~. ..:.1;,:;12:::44::....W::::A~S..:.'1;,:;2:::::45:"-- +':::::"".j..C!!:I:Zl--.2!.B/~07.:..-.j1.f!.&~ WEsTECH

RE\1SlON DAlE LlR D350G831 20253A &
TABLE OF CONTENTS
,---------l
i !--S-~~-~I
NOTES:
105
o APPLY SEALANT PER DRAWING NO. DRV105 TO THESE SURFACES
TAKING CARE TO APPLY TO THREADS AND SURROUND BOLT HOLES.
2. APPLY 'LPS3' RUST INHIBITOR TO ALL MACHINED, UNPAINTED
SURFACES INCLUDING BUYOUT COMPONENTS PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY,
118 EXCEPT FOR MATING SURFACES TO BE SILICON ED. THIS INCLUDES
THREADED HOLES, MATING SURFACES, SHAFTS AND GEAR FACES.
i ! 3. REFER TO 'DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES' DRAWING
'DRV 103' FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.
112
i !
135
i !
i !
431
410 414
i ! 420
422
I ! 435
434
141
i I
417
i !
125
i !
406
101
i !
424 403
i !
415
i I 448 408
119
I i
438
I I I
412
i I
443 445
<b---8 418
! i I
~------------------~ ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

DESCRIPTION
8050, 42"
TYPE
CAGE DRIVE
This drawing is property of Yl£STECH ENGINEERING. INC. and 1$ transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt not
possession confers 01 lrons'er. on)' riQhts to reproduce, UII!I, cw dlldose, In whole or in port. doto contolned
herei'l for ony purpose, without the wrlHen permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC.. Solt Loke City, Utoh
TABLE OF CONTENTS
n
~~1
TEXT TO BE CENTERED IN PLATES
LUBRICATION LEGEND
IT] AMOUNT
* SUGGESTED
FREQ. m
ITEM# DESCRIPTION TO ADD CHECK/ADD

[8 1 CYCLO REDUCER 1 oz. MONTHLY
2 UPPER BEARING 1 oz. MONTHLY
[8
w
3 MAIN BEARING 2 oz./ea. WEEKLY
4 MAIN GEAR & ** AS REQ'D WEEKLY x« y
LOWER BEARING ~ 00
G 5 T.BOX PLUNGER *** AS REQ'D WEEKLY ~IN

(!) ob
oc
ALL GREASE TO BE LITHIUM BASED EP2 ad
IT] *ACTUAL FREQ. SHALL BE DETERMINED BASED UPON SITE CONDITIONS

OIL MAY BE ANALYZED FOR EXTENDED CHANGE INTERVALS
of
og
NOTES: 1 oz. (VOLUME) IS APPROXIMATELY 5 SHOTS FROM A GREASE GUN. oh
SINCE GUN SIZES VARY, THE OPERATOR SHOULD DETERMINE THE ok
NUMBER OF SHOTS OF GREASE PER OUNCE FOR HIS GREASE GUN. am
** DRAIN CONDENSATE WEEKLY, CHANGE YEARLY W/ APPROX. 8-1/2 GAL. on
op
ISO GRADE 150 EP GEAR OIL.
*** SPRAY OIL 20253A
or
ov
ow
=
r--
ox
oy
I. 8
NOTES:
4
1. MATERIAL : WEATHER PROOF PLASTIC
TO BE ATTACHED WITH
HEAVY DUTY ADHESIVE.
2. BLACK ON WHITE BACKGROUND
LUBRICATION TAGS
DESCRIPTION
20253A 8050 142"
TYPE SIZE
I I I 107/07 1 RHS I I
I.
NONE GA GA
DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD
5 ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARD

SPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING.
& This drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is tronsmilled in confidence. Neither receipt nor
~ possession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce, use, or disclose, in whole or in port, doto contained
& herein for any purpose, without the wrillen permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Salt Lake City, Utah
,4- DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
I~-------------r----r-.---+&=-tIA
REVISION I BY I CHKD I DATE LTR WEsTECH LUBETAG 20253A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STANDARD TORQUE VALUES (FT-LBS) b

GRADE 'SPEC: TENSILE MATERIAL SCREW OR BOLT DIA. NOTES
MARKING STRi::NGTH 1/4 5/16 ·3/8 . 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 .1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1. MULTIPLY THf TORQUE FIGURES tN THE CHART BY
d
MED. CARBON
(0) .90 WHEN CAPSCREWS ARE PLATED, OR
A 449
(B
/- SAE 5 105,000 STEEL
QUENCHED &
TEMPERED
9 18 31 50 75 150 250 378 583 782 1097 1461 1748 (b) .80 WHEN NUTS AND BOLTS ARE PLATED.
2. MULTIPLY THE TORQUE FIGURES IN THE CHART BY .-
MED. CARBON .90 WHEN LUBRICANTS SUCH AS NEVER-SEEZ,
® SAE 8 150,000 ALLOY

QUENCHED &
TEMPERED
13 28 46 75 115 225 370 591 893 1410 1964 2633 3150 GRAPHITE, ETC. ARE USED
. 3. TORQUE VALUES SHALL BE REDUCED ACCORDING TO

m
e STAINLESS
STEEL
- 316 75
IN-LBS
132
IN-LBS
20 31 45 100 130 200 270 410 505
THE CHART BELOW IF EITHER, OR BOTH
730 OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS EXIST:
(A) THE TENSILE STRENGTH OF THE MATERIAL OF THE
TAPPED HOLE IS LESS THAN THE TENSILE STRENGTH
p
© OF THE FASTENER.
HIGH CARBON
SOCKET HD 160,000 AL,",OY
w
CAPSCREW QUENCHED & 14 30 50 81 121 240 395 ' 629 964 1523 2120 2843 3402 (8) THE LENGTH OF ENGAGEMENT INTO THE TAPPED
TEMPERED HOLE IS LESS THAN THE HEIGHT OF A HEAVY NUT FOR
y
THAT SOL T SIZE.
212,000 HIGH CARBON
© SOCKET
TO
SET SCREW 225,000
ALLOY
QUENCHED &
TEMPERED
70
IN-LBS
140
IN-LBS
20 29 43 100 146
P
HOUSING
MATERIAL
304LSS
COMBINED MULTIPLIER BASED ON
CONDITIONS la, 2 & 3 EXISTING
0.70
aa
ab
a
q A36 STL 0.50 a
NOTES:
1. CONFIRM THE MAIN BEARING BALL PLUG IS SEALED WITH AN O-RING SEAL r 316LSS 0.70 a
CONDITION 10 (.90)
OR WITH THREAD SEALER.
~ z DUCTILE IRON 0.50 a
L
2. MAKE SURE THE GEAR HOUSING AND THE GEAR BEARING CONDITION 10 & 2 (.81 )
ARE CLEAN. THE BEARING MOUNTING SURFACE MUST BE FREE OF ANY a
- -
NICKS OR DENTS. PLATED CAPSCREW a
STEP (1): ASSEMBLE THE GEAR BEARING IN THE HOUSING. USING A FLAT WASHE~~---_ PLATED CAPSCREW am
TORQUE WRENCH. TIGHTEN THE FASTENERS IN A CROSSWISE PATTER~ &(HDND ZP F436 OR A325) / -.. T / ' ..... "
____ ~ CONDITION 10 (.90)
\""r
a
TO THE PROPER TORQUE VALUES (SEE TABLE). ROTATE THE GEAR
BEARING RACE THROUGH 360 DEGREES. IF IT DOES NOT ROTATE
/p#ppAdJ I ~
/// JItn.. . . . . " & a
I V~ \\
FREELY. THEN FIND THE CAUSE AND CORRECT IT.
~ Cl"'m
~ /J/JFdJJ " p.. a
~ ~ ~~
STEP (2): ASSEMBLE THE GEAR HUB ON TO THE GEAR BEARING. /I I
&
A
USING A TORQUE WRENCH, TIGHTEN THE FASTENERS IN A
/ illr nm I /. \
a
CROSSWISE PATTERN TO THE PROPER TORQUE VALUES (SEE TABLE).
ROTATE THE GEAR HUB THROUGH 360 DEGREES. IF IT DOES NOT :\ ~
i A36 STL
/
~ ~~
\
\
aw
~
ROTATE FREELY THEN FIND THE CAUSE AND CORRECT IT. I I I a
>2!Kff>( h
&3. SEAL ALL GAPS, MATING SURFACES AND THREADED HOLES BETWEEN THE GEAR ay
C HOUSING AND ANY ATTACHMENTS. (HOUSING COVER, GEAR HUB, INSPECTION PORT \
/' I
COVERS, ADAPTERS. ETC.) WITH SPECIFIED SEALANT PER THE ASSEMBL Y DI~M
AND SEALANT SPECIFICATION DWG. NO. DRV105. A " ;,/
\
\ ~ V /
1//A=l=V/~#'# 'h
& <V '-~- ~
,
USE THE a-RING ONLY TO SEAL BENEATH THE MAIN BEARING. USE GREASE, \ /
""-:~ A
NOT SfUCONE, TO HOLD THE O-RING IN PLACE DURING INSTALLATION. PLATED NUT ...... L:;;L..--/// 4
5. CHECK GEAR TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN FOR EVERY NON-STD GEAR HOUSING. b
STANDARD GEAR HOUSINGS WILL BE RANDOMLY CHECKED TO INSURE QUALITY. CONDITION Ib (.80) _---// 4 ~
A MINIMUM CONTACT OF 80% SHALL BE ACHIEVED. CONDITION Ib & 2 ( .72)
6. FOR GREASE LUBRICATED ITEMS DO THE FOLLOWING: CONDITIONS 10, 2 & 3q (.50)
(a) PACK OR COAT GEARS WITH LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE.
(b) FILL THE LUBE LINE LEADING TO THAT ITEM WITH LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE-
(e) PLACE A TAG ON THE DRIVE TO INDICATE WHAT TYPE/BRAND OF GREASE WAS USED. EXAMPLE A
& 7 . ATTACH LUBRICATION LEGEND AND TAGS WITH THE SPECIFIED&
C ADHESIVE PER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING AND EXAMPLE B
SEALANT/ADHESIVE SPECIFICATION DWG. NO. DRV105.
8. ATTACH ROTATION WARNING. AND DIRECTION OF ROTATION STICKERS AS SHOWN ON
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.
9. ATTACH STORAGE PROCEDURE STICKER AS INDICATED ON GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.
&. 10. APPLY ANTI-SIEZE OR EQUIVALENT TO JAWS/SPIDER OF MOTOR- TO-REDUCER COUPLING DURING ASSEMBLY.
& 11. SET GAP BETWEEN COUPLING HALVES TO A MINIMUM OF 1/16". CONFIRM THAT MOTOR AND REDUCER SHAFTS ARE DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
&A
NOT PUSHING TOGETHER ON THE COUPLING SPIDER AFTER THE MOTOR FASTENERS ARE TIGHTENED.
12. ASSEMBLE ALL COMPONENTS. (INCLUDING TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE.) ACCORDING TO
THE GENERAL ARRANGMENT DRAWING. REFER TO DWG. NO. 7-8222-Bl FOR PROPER ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
ALL ALL
TYPE SIZE .5 x 2
OF THE TORQUE ARM, RETAINER, AND RETAINING SCREW.
& 13. MACHINED SURFACES MUST BE FREE OF PAINT AND PRIMER. APPLY LPS3 TO MACHINED SURFACES PE~ ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM. 9-03 OK NK JJ NONE I I I
~ 14. ATTACH THE MAX/MIN OIL LEVEL STICKER TO SITE GLASS AS SHOWN ON THE GENERAL ARRANGMENT DRAWING. .& DATE I STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE
ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO W1ESTECH STANDARD

PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ,APPVD
SPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING,

This drawing is properly of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC. and is lransmitted in confidence. Neilher receipt nar
DUCTILE IRON ADDED TO TABLE, NEW TEXT ADDED TO NOTE #11. OK NK 9-05 M possession confers or transfers any rights to reprOduce, use, or disclose. in whole or in part. data contained
FW REMOVED FROM TOP OF BEARING. HDND FW NOTE ADDED. ORvt05 WAS HIGH GRADE INDUSTRIAL,
NOTE 14 CHANGED TO -AS SHOVIN ON GA" OK JJ 4-05 .& herein lor any purpose, withoul lhe written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC•• Soil Lake City, Ulah
NOTES 13 AND 14 ADDED. #4 NOTE DIAMOND ADDED OK JJ 4-04 .£ DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
OK
NOTES 2, 3 & 7 CHANGED. NOTES 10, 11, & 12 ADDED
REVISION BY
JJ
CHKD
3-04
DATE
1&
LTR
""EsTECH DRV103 £
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EST. SHIMS REQ'D (CAGE DRIVES) EST. SHIMS REQ'D (ALL SHAFT DRIVES)
SHIM NO. SHIM NO.
THICKNESS (IN) ::::=:>-< .010 .015 .030 .060 jTHICKNESS (IN) ::>-< .010 1.015 1.030 1.060 I
31 CAGE DRIVE 1 8 8 4 4 5 8 I 8 I 4 I 4 I
42 CAGE DRIVE 2 11 11 6 6
60" CAGE DRIVE 3 11 11 6 6
80 CAGE DRIVE 4 18 18 9 9
~l"~
I. ,. .1 f .[ JACK SCREWS
SHIM NO. 5 (SUGGESTED)
ALL SHAFT DRIVES
SHIMS
31" CAGE DRIVE
~~.
JACK SCREWS
HOLD DOWN BOLTS
-~--+I
SHIMS
L8~----J
SHIM NO. 2 (SUGGESTED) HOLD DOWN BOLTS
42" CAGE DRIVE
EXAMPLE OF UNEVEN - -
GAP NEEDING TO BE
SUPPORTED BY SHIMS.
~
(MENTIONED IN STEP 2)
WALKWAY FRAME

60" CAGE DRIVE EXAMPLE OF UNEVEN
GAP NEEDING TO BE
SUPPORTED BY SHIMS.
(MENTIONED IN STEP 2)
Y
SHIMMING PROCEDURE NOTES:
1. SHIM MATERIAL TO BE STAINLESS STEEL
1. USE JACK SCREWS TO LEVEL THE DRIVE. REFER TO 2. SHIMS ARE NOT FURNISHED BY WESTECH
THE "FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL" PROCEDURE IN THE
COLUMN FLANGE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL. AFTER THE DRIVE
IS LEVELED, UNEVEN GAPS WILL BE PRESENT BETWEEN
THE DRIVE HOUSING AND THE COLUMN FLANGE OR
WALKWAY FRAME.
2. SHIM UNDER EACH HOLD DOWN BOLT TO THE NEAREST

0.005". TRIM SHIMS AS NECESSARY TO FILL THE UNEVEN
SHIM NO. 4 (SUGGESTED) GAP BETWEEN MOUNTING SURFACE AND THE HOUSING.
80" CAGE DRIVE
3. LOOSEN JACK SCREWS. TIGHTEN HOLD DOWN BOLTS.
DRIVE SHIMMING PROCEDURE
JAJ
DRA'MNG NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.
1-'V1.;::E.;::WS~E::;;N.::;.LA.c;.RG=E""D •.c;.A.=.D=DE:.:..D.=.B.;:.:OL:.;.;T.--=S~HI=M.c;.T--=AB=LE=S--=C~H.c;.AN;..;.GE=D
REVlSlON
+-,e:.....,f'-'--..::...r--=2=-.;:.:05-f!&.=t
DAlE LTR
W IEsTIE c: H 900-611 D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NAME PLATES: 1- RAKE DRIVE 16" ---IIDo-I

2- SCUM TROUGH
3 - SCUM PIT
4 - EQUIPMENT ALARMS
LEGENDS: 5 - RUN '---14.50':"-'--"

6 - OPEN/ CLOSE/ AUTO
7 - CUTOUT
.44"
8 - START
9 - HIGH TORQUE
10 - STOP
11 - OPEN/ CLOSE/ REMOTE
12 - SHEAR PIN FAIL
13 - RESET
I
r--
CRl
I---
CR2
o I---
L[) o aD CR3
I--- T81
N CR4
'"="
. ~'TD1·~
.
1 1,- 55110 GND
DOOR LAYOUT BACK PANEL

NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE LAYOUT
(316 STAINLESS STEEL)
5 ..,. ,... o o ..,. ,... ot') ..,. o..,. ::;: ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. r--
..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. r--
o
N
o c:l o
If)
o
CD
o o
!Xl
o
Ol
o 5
N If) CD !Xl Ol
N N N
N
t')
N N
If)
N
CD
N N
!Xl
N
Ol
N
;;j N
t') t')
If)
t')
CD
t')
!Xl
t') ..,.
N t')
..,. If) CD !Xl Ol 0
If) u:i N
If)
t')
If) If)
If)
If)
CD
If) If)
!Xl
If)
Ol
If)
0
o o o o o o o o 5 5 5 5 5 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ::? ::? 0
::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::?
0
::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::?
CD
~ ~
~
~ ~ ~
~
::? ::?
NOTES: PANEL LAYOUT
PREPARED FOR: NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE DESCRIPnON
1 - DASHED LINES REPRESENT WIRING AND EQUIPMENT NOT BY WESTECH. NOVATO. CA CLARIFIER I C-2-1-1
UOOEL SIZE IX!
2 - ROTATING DRIVE PARTS AND CAGE MAY DESTROY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IF
INSTALLED TO CLOSE TO THE DRIVE UNIT.
ENGINEER: RMC WATER
WALNUT CREEK. CA DATE
I STD, BY ISTO.CHKO. STD.APPVD SCALE:
r
DATE
NONE 17-071 NRT
PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVO
I JWB I PES
3 - OVER TORQUE CUTOUT REQUIRES MANUAL RESTART. OR RESET OF A l.ATCHED CUTOUT
~
~ This drOwill9 is property 01 WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC. cnd is transmilted in conlidence. Neither receipt tlor
CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO. ....- possession contetS or vons-fers ony righls to reproduce. use, Of disclose, in whole Of in port, doto contained
CIRCUIT THAT PREVENTS AUTO RESTART OF THE MOTOR. FAILURE TO DO SO \ ,:"'" r.~n_he;.;O;,;,"..;''''...0...";.'o;,;,u',;.OO;,;,'O;;,.'_.it;"hO_UI"l".;,hO_._tit;,;"on..;.-::er~m;~ss~;on~o~' ~l\t:~ST...
ECH....;.EN""C1..;NE.,.ER_'NG;,;,'~'N~C..~S~OI~'L~Ok~O~Cit';"'.;,U"'lIOh~~
OAKLAND. CA
WILL VOID THE DRIVE WARRANTY. \'t>...\ \ ~ Lro DRA'MNG NUMBER PRO.£CT NUMBER REV.
4 - THIS DRAWING WORKS WITH PARTS LIST DOCUMENT NUMBER 8967.
CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244 E10D 20253A it.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
,,
,,
CD
(
,/
,,:
,,
~\
,,,
\,
_._--..---.. r-.. . --.. . __..
~I
:3
0
..f-:
",'r-
!
........... ~f---------....,----r------r---""'---""'---""'---T---------/~f--------i~
!
,
:
I: U
I
t'")
0:::
r--.,
i~i
,........
!~!
,. .......
!~i ,,
..
~
,,
\.
«
N
«
t'")
I
.-::.:' .... .::~-"
N
..(
0::: 0::: o
~T~ LT~ LT~ t, ::E ,J t'
U U ( : N
" Ol
! I ! N
N
I
+ '-..
+
!
1....
!
+ 1.".. !
I! I!
:;
o >-! >-! >-!
I ' 1 \ 1 1
+-----i N to
··········1
"'., "., "'., :
IX)
t t t
i t
I I! II
!
I-
~1
Vl
iii
...J
, u~
c:~
I-
T
'
.1. ~}-H-~
N
! N
I
! t
II
0:::
U
,....---------jN t'")f------, Ol
I § o
:i :~: :~: :~: CO"'"
l Ol
!i I ! 1 o
I
IX)
! 1:
,...
iii
I,
'
! ',1,
Vl
to
I::' .'.
i:
! !: !
I l---.. ./t"l..----_ 1
N : :e ...j f··· ~
! I I -:: I I I
r'" I".. I ....-,

.J,..
I -.1 Cl. N
I :
o 0::
~T
I ...... ,ot.. -I' u
0::: N N
~
I- U I
Vl
J :;
o
i III ~
N
X
I N
N X
0::
I
"'0:::"
U
N
X
u
~ . :;~:: ...:;~::...:;~::.. Cl. t'")
V \i i! \! ::;: I
.. .. _.. _--\- ...... _~
~ ~
,'1 1 I
« 0::
l/) u
........... t: 1-_ _ ~ ..... ~ ..... --+ -+- 4- 4- ......._ _- '
[ 1 I
5 N t') ... l/) to

o
,... <0 Ol
o
o N to o N t'") l/) to ,... IX) Ol o N t'")
"'"
l/) to <0
...o ...
N
"'"'"" ...
to
... :::...
IX) Ol o N l/) to <0 Ol o
:::"'"
o o o o o o N N N N N N N N N t'") t'") t'") t'") t'") t'") t') l/) l/) l/) l/) Lfl l/) to
::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: ::: :::
NOTES: ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
NOVATO, CA
1 - DASHED LINES REPRESENT WIRING AND EQUIPMENT NOT BY WESTECH.
2 - ROTATING DRIVE PARTS AND CAGE MAY DESTROY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IF ENGINEER: RMC WATER PES
INSTALLED TO CLOSE TO THE DRIVE UNIT. WALNUT CREEK, CA
3 - OVER TORQUE CUTOUT REQUIRES MANUAL RESTART, OR RESET OF A LATCHED CUTOUT
CIRCUIT THAT PREVENTS AUTO RESTART OF THE MOTOR. FAILURE TO DO SO CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.
OAKLAND, CA
WILL VOID THE DRIVE WARRANTY. DRA.WlNG NUt.4BER PRO£CT NUUBER REV.
4 - THIS DRAWING WORKS WITH PARTS LIST DOCUMENT NUMBER 8967.

REVISED PER CUSTOMERS COMMENTS. 10-2-07 &,. WEsTECH E11D 20253A &,
REVISION 0"1'£ LTR

Operation Maintenance Manual: Weste

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation Maintenance Manual: Weste

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WESTE C H A N EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253A

TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS

WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253A

SECTION 1: EQUIPMENT INFORMATION

SECTION 2: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

PIPING AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

SECTION 3: START-UP AND OPERATION

DRIVE TORQUE OVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICE LUBRICATION

900-611D DRIVE SHIMMING PROCEDURE

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

II. Installation Instructions

III. Start-up and Operation

Biological Treatment Laboratory and Pilot Plant Test Equipment

Electrical Controls Vacuum Filters

Forced Draft Vertical Pressure Filters

Intake Screens Lime Sludge Thickening

MIEX® Organic Removal System Sludge Dewatering

WesTech Ultrafiltration Systems

Carbon Retention Screens Supply and Erection

Lab and Pilot Plant Testing

1. Equipment Item: Primary Clarifier

2. How many: Two (2)

8. Nameplate Data: (see attached)

Email: jimzaiser@jbiwater.com Website:

Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project Operation and Maintenance Data

11. Lubricant List: (see attached)

12. Spare Parts (with accurate part #'s): (see attached)

14. General Info:

Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project Operation and Maintenance Data

l:lOverview Specifications: IDNM3542

* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.

General Information AC Motors I Inverter Duty I

.!ctOverview Performance Data: IDNM3542

.Iil Drawings Product Nameplate Data

,I Return to List General Characterstics at 460 V, 60 Hz, 0.75 HP

* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.

Products I Support I News/Events I About Baldor I Investor Relations I Home

RECOMMENDED GREASE I GEARS AND DRIVE BEARINGS

RECOMMENDED GREASE I MOTORS

RECOMMENDED FOOD GRADE GREASE I GEARS & DRIVE BEARINGS

Recommended Oil- Torgue Box

Use a light spray oil like WD-4O or Anti-Seize.

RECOMMENDED GEAR OILS

AMBIENT 14° F to 41° F 32° F to 95° F 32° F to 140° F

Viscosity Grade AGMA4 EP AGMA5 EP AGMA6 EP

EQUIVALENT SYNTHETIC GEAR OILS

AMBIENT 14° F to 140° F

and recommendations from local

YEARLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE DRIVE TORQUE CONTROL

If oil is noticeably discolored, it should

Check drive unit for accumulated

WE STE C H !l!AN.L!E=.!.!MC!.!:.PJ:l,LO:!. .!.YE!E =. .\O£!. W.! .!.:N!.!:!ED!LC~O~MC!.!:.P!l!AN:!. !Y-c- - =-=-

Reducer (Grease Lubricated):

All grease lubricated reducers are pre-

WE sTE C H Q!AN.:!. . !E=!.! M.!LP~LO~Y.!=!E =- lO~W.l N! =E-"!. D~CO~M~P~ANL!...!Y'---

BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INITIALS DATE

A • ANNUALLY, S • SEMIANNUALLY, M • MONTHLY, W • WEEKLY, D - DAILY

Refer to Equipment Maintenance and Lubrication Summary for specific maintenance

Item Drawing Item Recommended

Parts List No: 8967

113 10250T181N LAMP FOR PILOT LIGHT, 120V 8.00

~ue Test Witnessed by Owner's Agent: ~~a.J1L~G Date: -8 lAMS 0 Jr